Initial Environmental Examination

Project Number: 43464-026 June 2020

IND: Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Program - Tranche 2

Submitted by:

HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL)

This initial environmental examination report is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. This report is an updated version of the IEE report posted in May 2018 available on adb.org/projects/documents/ind-43464-026-iee. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

Recd. 9.06.20 SFG Log: 4181 Initial EnvironmentalExamination

Project Number: 43464-026-IND June 2020

India: Himachal PradeshCleanEnergy Transmission InvestmentProgramme

Loan 3001-IND (Tranche – 2)

Prepared by HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL)

The initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary innature. TABLE OF CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 1 1 INTRODUCTION ...... 11 1.1 Background ...... 11 1.2 Scope of Work andMethodologyAdopted ...... 13 2 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK ...... 15 2.1 Country’sLegal Framework and Regulatory Requirements for the Project ...... 15 2.2 EnvironmentalClearance ...... 16 2.3 ForestsClearance ...... 16 2.4 WildlifeClearance...... 16 2.5 RequiredClearances/Permissions ...... 16 2.6 InternationalAgreements ...... 17 2.7 Asian Development BankSafeguardPolicies ...... 18 2.8 Project Categorisation asperADB ...... 18 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ...... 19 3.1 Type of Project ...... 19 3.2 Category of Project ...... 19 3.3 Capacity Buildingand Training ...... 20 3.4 Brief Description of the Sub-Projects ...... 20 3.5 Land Requirement ...... 25 3.6 Location of Sub-Projects...... 26 3.7 Associated Facilities ...... 32 3.8 Implementation Plan ...... 33 4 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT (BASELINE DATA) ...... 36 4.1.1 Physical Resources ...... 36 4.1.2 Climate & Rainfall ...... 37 4.1.3 Ambient Air Quality ...... 38 4.1.4 Noise Quality ...... 40 4.1.5 Topography ...... 41 4.1.6 Geomorphology & SoilTypes ...... 42 4.1.7 Soil Quality...... 43 4.1.8 Water Resources (Surface and Ground Water) ...... 45 4.1.9 Water Quality of theSub-Project Area ...... 46 4.1.10 Geology ...... 53 4.1.11 Seismicity...... 53 4.2 Ecological Resources ...... 54 4.2.1 Terrestrial Ecology ...... 54 4.3 Socioeconomic Profile ...... 60 4.3.1 Demography ...... 62 4.3.2 Employment / Working Population Details ...... 63 4.3.3 Industries ...... 64 4.3.4 InfrastructureFacilities...... 64 4.3.5 Land Use ...... 65 4.3.6 Agricultural Development/Other income sources Agriculture ...... 67 4.3.7 Horticulture ...... 68 4.3.8 Beekeeping ...... 69 4.3.9 Animal Husbandry ...... 69 4.3.10 Fisheries ...... 70 4.3.11 Mineral Development ...... 70 4.3.12 Tourism Facilities ...... 70 4.3.13 Social and Cultural Resources ...... 71 4.3.14 Sites of Cultural, Archaeological and Historical Significance ...... 73 5 ANTICIPATEDENVIRONMENTALIMPACTSANDMITIGATIONMEASURES ...... 75 5.1 Environment Problems Associated with Project LocationandDesign ...... 75 5.2 EnvironmentalImpactsAssociatedwithPre-ConstructionStage...... 75 5.2.1 Acquisition of Cultivable and Noncultivablelands ...... 75 5.2.2 Impacts on Temporary UseofLand ...... 76 5.3 EnvironmentalProblemsAssociatedwithConstructionandOperationStage ...... 76 5.3.1 Impact onPhysicalResources ...... 76 5.3.2 Impact onEnvironmentalResources ...... 77 5.3.3 Impact onEcologicalResources ...... 80 5.3.4 ImpactonEcologicalResourcesduetoChangeinScopeofSub-Projects ...... 82 5.3.5 Impact onHumanEnvironment ...... 83 5.3.6 WasteDisposal ...... 85 5.4 Environmental Impacts Associated with Operations andMaintenanceStage ...... 87 5.4.1 ElectricShock ...... 87 5.4.2 NoiseGeneration ...... 87 5.4.3 Maintenance of Transmission lineandSubstation ...... 87 5.4.4 OilSpillage...... 87 5.4.5 Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6)Leakage ...... 88 5.5 EnvironmentalManagementPlan ...... 88 6 ANALYSISOFALTERNATIVES ...... 91 6.1 HPPTCL’s Approach forRouteSelection ...... 91 6.2 Methodology for Selection of Route: Environmental and Socialview ...... 91 6.3 Alternatives forSubprojectComponents ...... 92 6.3.1 TransmissionLines ...... 92 6.3.2 GISSubstations ...... 93 6.3.3 Reasons for theFinalSelection ...... 96 6.4 Distance fromSensitiveReceptors ...... 96 7 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION ...... 100 7.1 Information Disclosure ...... 100 7.2 Public Consultation ...... 100 7.3 Consultation Findings ...... 102 7.4 Public Consultation during Construction & Updation of IEE ...... 103 8 GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM ...... 104 8.1 Awareness of Stakeholders ...... 104 8.2 The Grievance Redressal Mechanism ...... 104 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 106 9.1 Institutional Arrangements ...... 106 9.2 Environmental Management Plan ...... 107 9.3 Monitoring of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) ...... 108 9.4 Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 108 9.5 Environmental Monitoring Report (EMR) ...... 108 9.6 Health and Safety Management ...... 109 9.6.1 Health and Safety Issues ...... 109 9.6.2 AwarenessProgram ...... 109 9.6.3 SafetyAudits ...... 110 9.7 Environmental Management Budget ...... 110 10 FIELD BASED ENVIRONMENT DUE DELIGENCE……………………………………………………… 112 11 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ...... ….113 APPENDICES Appendix-I: - Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist ...... 117 Appendix-II:-Alternative Site Analysis for Grid Sub-stations...... 120 Appendix-III:-Alternative Route Analysis for Transmission Line Sub-projects...... 126 Appendix-IV:-Details of Public Consultations Conducted During Original IEE Preparation in 2012 ...... 133 Appendix-V:-Details of Participants and Photographs of Public Consultation Organised during Upadation of IEE in March & April, 2018 ...... 141 Appendix-VI: - Grievance Redressal Committee ...... 146 Appendix-VII:-Environment and Social Monitoring Cell (ESC) ...... 147 Appendix-VIII:-Copiesof ForestClerances applicable for sub projects……………………………………….148 Appendix-IX: -Environment Management Plan(EMP) ...... 158 Appendix-X: - EnvironmentalMonitoringPlan ...... 168 ABBREVIATIONS

ADB – Asian DevelopmentBank ACSR – Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced AMSL – Average Mean SeaLevel CEA – Central ElectricityAuthority CPCB – Central Pollution Control Board, Government of India DCor D/C – DoubleCircuit DPR – Detailed ProjectReport EA – ExecutingAgency EARF – Environmental Assessment and Review Framework EIA – Environmental ImpactAssessment EMoP – Environmental Monitoring Plan EMP – Environmental Management Plan EHV – Extra HighVoltage EPC – Engineering, Procurement and Construction ESC – Environment and SocialCell GHG – Green HouseGases GoHP – Government of Himachal Pradesh GoI – Government ofIndia GRM – Grievance Redressal Mechanism HP – HimachalPradesh HPCEDIP – Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Development Investment Program HPCETIP – Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Program HPSPCB – HP State Pollution ControlBoard HPPCL – Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited HPPTCL – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited HPSEB – Himachal Pradesh State ElectricityBoard IA – ImplementingAgency IEE – Initial EnvironmentalExamination LILO – Line – in- Line-out MFF – Multi-tranche FinancingFacility MOEF – Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India PCB – Poly ChlorinatedBiphenyl PGCIL – Power Grid Corporation of India Limited PMU – Project ManagementUnit ROW – Right ofWay RP – ResettlementPlan SF6 – SulphurHexafluoride

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ha(hectare) – 10,000 sqm km – 1,000m kV – kilovolt (1,000volts) kW – kilowatt(1,000 kWh – kilowatt-hour MVA – Megavolt-Amperes MW – MegaWatt EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. Himachal Pradesh is a mountainous state in northern India with a population of slightly over 6 million, has abundant water resources in the five major rivers flowing through the state from the western Himalayas. The hydropower generation potential of Himachal Pradesh is about 27436 MW, which is about one-fourth of the total hydropower potential of India. In its Hydropower Policy (2007)1, the Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) targets its comparative advantage in hydropower with the goal to become the "Hydropower State" of the country. 2. The Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Program (HPCETIP) is a $350 million multi tranche financing facility (MFF) from the Asian Development Bank (ADB), which will contribute to economic development in Himachal Pradesh through expanded power supplies from clean energy sources, and support a sustainable electricity sector in the state. HPCETIP will produce the following outcomes: (i) increase availability of clean energy downstream at pooling stations for effective power evacuation in a financially sustainable manner, (ii) improve state finances and power sector financial viability from sales revenue earned from powerexports,(iii)improve sector governance,(iv)improve capacity in HP PowerTransmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL) for better planning, implementation and management of powerevacuation infrastructure, and energy efficiency, and (v) improvement in implementation standards of environmental and social safeguards in the sector. With ADB support, the proposed program will sustain the energy sector reform agenda, and is expected to help attract other long-term financiers to the State.

3. The ADB-approved Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) report, May, 2018 has been updated due to minor revision in the length and addition of two nos. of towers in one of the subprojects (Urni SS to Wangtoo SS)under loan 3001-IND (Tranche-II) as listed in table E1.

Table E.1: Change in Scope of Subprojects

S. Subproject Change in Scope Reason for Change No.

TL length increased Increased in sub-project length due to 66 kV DC Line from 13.538km to 13.659 addition of two towers due to crossing 1. from Urni SS to km and there is nochange of of 400kV transmission line en-route Wangtoo SS alignment. 66kV Urni-Wangtoo line.

Exclusion of Subprojects from Tranche-II: • 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal; • 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation; • 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi(Shahpur) - Shifted from Tranche-II to Tranche-I; • 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti; • 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan; • 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP; • 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substationat Charor; • 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini; • 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura-KangooD/C transmission line- Shifted from Tranche-II toTranche-I;

1 Government of Himachal Pradesh, 2007 Hydro Power Policy (2007). Shimla

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 7 | P a g e

4. The proposed Tranche 2 subprojects are located in Kullu,Mandi,Chamba,Kinnaur and Shimla districts of Himachal Pradesh.The updated IEE report consists of the following components:

i) Power TransmissionLines: • T1 - 66kV DC Line from Urni SS to Wangtoo SS (Length- 13.659km) • T2- 220 kV Line from Lahal SS to Budhil HEP (Length- 1.895km) • T3- LILO of 132kV Kangra-Dehra Line at Chambi (Length- 15.038km) • T4 220kV DC Line from Sunda to Hatkoti (Length- 25.125km) • T5-. 220kV Line from Charor to 400kV Banala Sub Station (Length- 17.575km) ii) Substations: • S1- 66 kV GIS switching station at Urni. • S2- 33/220 kV GIS Lahal Substation. • S3- 132/220kV Pooling Station at Sunda. • S4- 132/220kV GIS Substation at Charor. iii) Capacity Building and Training: HPPTCL needs for capacity building and skills augmentation through training on technical aspects, study trips and exposure, project management, contracts related conflict resolution, environmental and social assessment, review and monitoring and IT related Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) shall be undertaken. More training modules may be added in future depending on new staffing situation. 5. Associated Facilities: There are several hydropower projects (HEPs) that will connect to these lines and substations in the future and HPPTCL will evaluate these projects once their details are provided by the project proponents. HPPTCL has a standard application procedure prescribed by HP Energy Regulatory Commission (HPERC) making it mandatory for all associatedHEPs toprovideinformationtoensurethattheirfacilitiescomplywithGoIandGoHP rules for environmental and social clearances before they connect to the HPPTCL transmission system.

6. Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India’s (GoI) through Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification, 2006 and its subsequent amendments, made mandatory Environmental Clearance for the projects listed in the schedule of the said EIA Notification. The projects, listed in the schedule of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments, are required to obtain Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC / SEIAA. Power Transmission projects; have been exempted from Environmental Clearance as they are not listed in the schedule of EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments. Forest Clearance from HPForest Department &MoEF&CC is required only in cases where subproject is constructed on forest land or requires cutting of forest trees. However, National Environmental Policy 2006 of Government of India (GoI) and Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 of ADB and procedures and guidelines thereto apply to all components/subprojects funded by ADB. 7. The Tranche-II Project has been classified as environmental category “B” based on ADB Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist (see Appendix 1). During updationof IEE report, due consideration has been given if there is impact on environmental classification of the sub- projects, due to change of scope of sub-projects, using screening criteria as per ADB REA Checklist.

8. The Urni, Lahal, Sunda & Charor substations land belong to HPPTCL and private land has been acquired for all substations. The larger extent of proposed transmission lines from Sunda- Hatkoti (25.125 km), Urni-Wangtoo (13.659 km),Charor-Barnala (17.575 km), Lahal- Budhil

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 8 | P a g e (1.895 km) and LILO of 132 kV Kangra Dehra Transmission line at Chambi (15.038 km) will run mostly from hilltop to hilltop through barren lands, cultivated lands, uncultivated lands and forestlands. These line routes have been selected with least impacts on forests, trees, cultivable land and habitation. Wherever possible, the alignments have been proposed either on hilltop-to-hilltop routes or towers with extra heights to reduce the impacts on land underneath while maintaining the mandatory clearance as per Indian Electricity Act (Rules 77 and 80). The proposed alignments pose minimum disturbance to any Reserve Forests or any Sanctuary and National Parks in the State. However, few trees will be required to be felled that fall under the RoW for which Compensatory Afforestation will be done as per Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 (along with its subsequent amendments) and as per HPPTCL’s Environment and Social Safeguards Policy2011. 9. Any of the sub-projects are not passing through notified protected area (Wildlife Sanctuary, National Park or Conservation Reserves, etc.). No endangered or protected species of flora or fauna are reported at any of the subprojectsites. 10. No archaeological/protected monument is located in the projectvicinity. 11. No reliable baseline information of air, noise, water & soil quality were exists for sub-project locations during original IEE report preparation. However, collection of baseline parameters of water, air, soil, and noise have been done during construction as per ADB approved monitoring plan,which has been used for the establishment of baseline data during IEE updation and same has been provided in this updated IEE report under the chapter “Description of Environment”. The quality of air, noise, water & soilis generally found good in the sub-project sites.There is no negative impact envisaged on environmental baseline during construction of sub-projects.

12. Based on the environmental assessment and surveys conducted for the project so far, it is evident that the potential adverse environmental impacts can be mitigated to an acceptable level by adequate implementation of the mitigation measures identified in the EMP. Adequate provisions have been made in the project to cover the environmental mitigation and monitoring requirements, and their associated costs. Adverse impacts if noticed during implementation will be mitigated using appropriate design and managementmeasures.

13. The proposed project will have number of positive impacts as well as negative impacts as providedbelow:

• State Government shall benefit largely from the large volumes for exportable surplus ofpower. The local people shall benefit due to improvement in quality and reliability oftheelectricity supply as well as funds that will flow into the area to provide them with better roads, health facilities due to higher allocations to the Local Area Development Funds from generation projects to the district. Improvement in lifestyles of local people shall be themain positive impact of this project. • There will be removal of fruit and non-fruit trees for the transmission line and substations, which is the main negative impact to the proposed project area. However, the compensation for crop and trees shall be made as per HPPTCL’s Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy May 2011. Compensatory afforestation shall be carried out wherever forest land isused.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 9 | P a g e • Environment pollution due to cut and fill operations, transportation of construction materials, disposal of debris, disturbance to the farming activities, nuisance from dust, noise, vehicle fumes, black smoke, vibration as well as silt runoff due to construction activities are the short term negative impacts due to proposed project. 14. Overall, the major environmental impacts associated with transmission projects are limited to the construction period and can be mitigated to an acceptable level by implementation of recommended measures and by best engineering and environmental practices. The impact matrix depicts that the project will not have significant negative environmental impacts and the project would help in improving the socio-economic conditions of this developing State. As the project falls in Category “B” as per the ADB’s REA checklist even after change in scope of sub- projects, no detailed EIA study isrequired.

15. Public consultations with the project affected communities, stakeholders, and government officers focused on existing environmental conditions around the proposed transmission lines/ substations and the potential impacts that could happen due to project implementation have been completed. Public Consultation is a continuous process and conducted throughout the project during design, pre-construction, construction and operation.Consultations have been organized during construction phase as well as separate Public Consultations have been organized during March & April, 2018 for the upadation of IEE report in respect of the subprojects, which have revise scope. Main issues of consultation were – i) People want location of Substation and Transmission Line Route away from the habitation; ii) People wanted to know about Job & business (supply of material, labour, etc.) opportunities during construction & operation of project; iii) People wanted to know about compensation for land and trees.There are no other significant environmental issues which have been raised by people during consultation. 16. Proper Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) has been implemented by HPPTCL to overcome public inconvenience during the sub-project activities. Copy of the office order regarding constitution of Grievance Redressal Committee (GRC) at Corporate Office level & PIU level is provided in Appendix-VI, Copy of the same is also uploaded on HPPTCL’s website. 17. The Initial Environment Examination (IEE) ascertains that it is unlikely to cause any significant environmental impacts. Few impacts were identified attributable to the proposed sub-projects. Proper mitigation measures have been suggested and incorporated in the Environmental Management Plan to avoid / minimize these anticipated impacts.

18. The Executing Agency (HPPTCL) shall ensure that EMP forms part of bid document and works contract.The same shall be revised if necessary during project implementation or if there is any change in the project design and with approval of ADB.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 10 | P a g e 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background 19. The hydropower generation potential of Himachal Pradesh is about 27436 MW, which is about one-fourth of the total hydropower potential of India. In its Hydropower Policy (2007)2, the Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) targets its comparative advantage in hydropower with the goal to become the "hydropower state" of the country. The state's hydropower development includes construction of enabling infrastructure such as road access and transmission interconnections to facilitate hydropower development, and to encourage investment from the state, central government and private sectors in hydro power generation projects—the majority of which are run-off-river type. This will improve state finances from sales revenue earned from supplying surplus power to the national grid.In addition to developing its hydropower resources, HP has to build out its electric transmission infrastructure so that the additional power can be efficiently transmitted within the state and exported to the national grid. 20. For improvement, strengthening of existing and building of new infrastructure for effective power evacuation, the Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) through the Government of India (GoI), had requested the Asian Development Bank (ADB) for a multi- tranche financing facility(MFF) to partly finance the power sector investment program in the state.The investment program covers investments for transmission of clean energy to National Grid of India by construction of pooling substations and EHV transmission lines. To implement this activity, Himachal Pradesh Government has established H.P. Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL) vide HP Government Notification Nos.: MPP-A (1)-4/2006-Loose dated 11th September, 2008 as the State Transmission Utility (STU). 21. The $350 million investments in the MFF will contribute to support the economic development in Himachal Pradesh through expanded power supplies from clean energy sources, and support a sustainable state electricity sector in the state. The Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Program (HPCETIP) will produce the following outcomes: (i) increase availability of clean energy downstream at polling stations for effective power evacuation in a financially sustainable manner, (ii) improve state finances and power sector financial viability from sales revenue earned from power exports, (iii) improve sector governance, (iv) improve capacity in HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL) for better planning, implementation and management of power evacuation infrastructure, and energy efficiency through a better power management program, and (v) improvement in implementation standards of environmental and social safeguards in the sector. With ADB support, the proposed program will sustain the energy sector reform agenda, and is expected to help attract other long-term financiers to thestate.

22. The ADB-approved Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) report, May, 2018 has been updated due to minor revision in the length and addition of two no. of towers in one of thesubprojects under loan 3001-IND (Tranche-II) as listed in table 1.

2 Government of Himachal Pradesh, Hydro Power Policy (2007). Shimla.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 11 | P a g e Table-1: Change in Scope of Subprojects

S. Subproject Change in Scope Reason for Change No.

TL length increased Increased in sub-project length due to 66 kV DC Line from 13.538 km to addition of two towers due to crossing of 1. from Urni SS to 13.659 km and there is no 400kV transmission line en-route 66kV Wangtoo SS change of alignment. Urni-Wangtoo line.

Exclusion of Subprojects from Tranche-II: • 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal; • 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation; • 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi(Shahpur) - Shifted from Tranche-II to Tranche-I; • 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti; • 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan; • 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP; • 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor; • 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini; • 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line- Shifted from Tranche-II toTranche-I; 23. The proposed Tranche 2 subprojects, located in Kullu, Mandi, Chamba, Kinnaur and Shimla districts of Himachal Pradesh.The updated IEE report consists of the following components:

i) Power TransmissionLines: • T1 - 66kV DC Line from Urni SS to Wangtoo SS (Length- 13.659km) • T2- 220 kV Line from Lahal SS to Budhil HEP (Length- 1.895km) • T3- LILO of 132kV Kangra-Dehra Line at Chambi(Length- 15.038 km) • T4 220kV DC Line from Sunda to Hatkoti (Length- 25.125km) • T5-. 220kV Line from Charor to 400kV Banala Sub Station (Length- 17.575km) ii) EHV PoolingSubstations: • S1- 66 kV GIS switching station at Urni. • S2- 33/220 kV GIS Lahal Substation. • S3- 132/220kV Pooling Station at Sunda. • S4- 132/220kV GIS Substation at Charor. iii) Capacity Building and Training: HPPTCL needs for capacity building and skills augmentation through training on technical aspects, study trips and exposure, project management, contracts related conflict resolution, environmental and social assessment, review and monitoring and IT related Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) shall be undertaken. More training modules may be added in future depending on new staffing situation. 24. Cost & component details of sub-projectsunderTranche-II are provided in following table-2. Table-2: Details of Sub-Projects under Tranche-II S. Name & Component of Sub-Project PIU Sub-Project No. Cost (in USD Million) 66 kV GIS Switching station at Urni PIU, Bhabha Nagar, 1 1, 250 kVA, 22 / 0.433 kV LT Transformer; District- Kinnaur 4.21 • 66kV GIS, 5 Bays, 3Future

66 kV DC Line from Urni SS to Wangtoo SS PIU Bhabha Nagar, 2 • 66kV D/C 49 Nos. Tower with 85km of ACSR Wolf 2.05 conductor (Line length 13.659 km) District- Kinnaur IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 12 | P a g e 33/220/400 kV GIS Lahal Substation 7 x 105 MVA, 400 / 220 kV, 1 Phase Auto Transformer (one Spare) • 1 No., 50 / 63.5 MVA 3 Phase Power Transformer PIU Lahal, 2 Nos., 630 kVA, 33 / 0.433 kV, 3 Phase Station District- Chamba 3 34.41 Transformer • 400kV 1 and half BB GIS, 6 Bays, 2+1Future • 220kV GIS, 8 Bays, 4Future • 33kV GIS, 8 Bays, 4Future 220 kV Line from Lahal SS to Budhil HEP • 220kV D/C 8 Nos Tower with 7 km of ACSR Zebra PIU Lahal, 0.71 District- Chamba 4 conductor (Line length 1.895 km) 220 kV DC Line from Sunda to Hatkoti • 220kV D/C 69 Nos Tower (Twin Moose) with 281 PIU Rohru District- Shimla 5 km of ACSR Mooseconductor 8.3 (Line length 25.125 km) 6 132/220kV Pooling Station at Sunda PIU Rohru District- Shimla 9.4 LILO of 132 kV Kangra-Dehra Line at Chambi PIU Chambi 7 • 132kV D/C 54 Nos Tower with 93km of ACSR District- Kangra 2.72 Panther conductor (Line length 15.038km) 220 kV Line from Charor to 400 kV Banala Sub Station • 220kV D/C 49 Nos Tower (Twin Moose), 12 special PIU Sarabhai District- Kullu 8 Towers and two gantry towers with 224 km of 7.02 ACSR Mooseconductor (Line length 17.575 km) 9 132/220kV GIS Substation at Charor PIUSarabhai District-Kullu 10.2 10 Capacity Building - 7.2

Total 86.22

25. The Tranche 2 sub-projects are estimated to cost US$ 86.22 Million (excluding land acquisition, crop/tree compensation & forest land transfer cost). HPPTCL is both the Executive Agency (EA) and Implementation Agency for the project. The Project Management Unit (PMU), headed by Managing Director, was established at corporate level located in Shimla who is assisted by corresponding personnel from various functions – Administration and Finance, Planning and Design, Procurement and Contracts, Environment and Social Cell (ESC) and Project Construction. Project Implementation Units (PIUs) at divisional level are headed by Sr. Manager (Executive Engineer) at five geographic locations in the State. 1.2 Scope of Work and MethodologyAdopted 26. The scope is to update the original Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) prepared in October, 2012 and subsequently in May 2018 for the Tranche-II subprojects funded under HPCETIP. The updated IEE report identified potential environmental issues associated with the components of sub-projects and appropriate mitigation measures put in place to minimize the potential environmental impact. The broad scope of the Environmental Assessment studyis: • To review the original IEE report and revision of relevant sections of the report as per revised / updated scope of sub-projects; • To conduct field visits to collect data relevant to the study area and also collect secondary data so as to establish the baseline environmental status of the studyarea; • To assess the impacts on environmental attributes due to change / revision in the scope of sub-projects; IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 13 | P a g e • To assess the impacts on environmental attributes due to the location, design, constructionandoperationoftheproposedProject; • To prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for mitigating the impacts for protecting the environment including institutional arrangements; • To identify critical environmental parameters required to be monitored subsequent to the implementation of the proposedproject; • To carry out consultation with local people to identify public perception regarding the project; • To carry out field-based environment due diligence due to minor revision in the length of transmission line and addition of two no. of towers in 66kV D/C Urni-Wangtoo line subprojects; and • To establish an Environment Monitoring Plan for HPPTCL and submitted environmental monitoring reports to ADB at regular intervals.

27. In this report, the different activities that are likely to take place to achieve the project objectives have been analyzed and the potential impacts that may accompany them have been identified, assessed for significance, and concomitant avoidance, mitigation, and compensation measures were prepared in consultation with stakeholders to be incorporated on the engineering design and project implementation.The IEE addresses the environmental management requirements of the Government of India (GOI) and Asian Development Bank.Specifically,this report: • Provides description of subprojects and theircomponents; • Provides information about the baseline environmental setting of the studyarea; • Provides information on potential environmental impacts of the proposed subproject activities with its magnitude, distribution andduration; • Provides information on required mitigation measures with cost to minimize the impacts; Analyses the alternatives options considering alternative locations, designs, management approaches for selection of most feasible and environmental acceptable options; • Provides details of stakeholder’sconsultations; • Designs an environmental management and monitoring plan with institutional measures for effective implementation of mitigates measures proposed and addressing grievances.

28. The substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works have been completed. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water bodies and distance from major roads,details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, and land details has been collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information has been provided for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB.

29. Public consultations have been done with the project affected communities, stakeholders and government officers focused on existing environmental conditions around the proposed transmission lines/substations and the potential impacts that could happen due to project implementation. Since the HPCETIP does not involve activities that have significant adverse impacts, the present IEE has been updated to determine the impact of power transmission aspects as per ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 and Environmental Assessment Guidelines(2003)3. Accordingly, the environmental classifications for the Tranche 2 subprojects continue to be, “CategoryB” as per REA checklist enclosed as Appendix-I.

3 ADB 2003: Operations Manual, Environment Policy, Environmental Guidelines for Selected Industrial and Power Projects, and Environmental Assessment Guidelines, Manila.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 14 | P a g e 2 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

30. India has well defined institutional and legislative framework. The legislation covers all components of environment viz. air, water, soil, terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna, natural resources, and sensitive habitats. The environmental legislations in India are framed to protect the valued environmental components and comply with its commitment to international community under various conventions and protocols as well Asian Development Bank has also developed interventions to guide social and environment safeguards, in their Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009. This assessment is about the applicability of above laws and regulations, and safeguards. This chapter summarizes thefollowing:

• Applicability of various National and local laws and regulations at different stages of project implementations; • Applicability of ADB safeguards policies and categorization of the project.

2.1 Country’s Legal Framework and Regulatory Requirements for theProject 31. The legal framework of the country consists of several acts, notifications, rules, and regulations to protect environment, forest and wildlife. Key policies, acts and regulations relevant for the project are provided in table 3below.

Table 3: Summary of Relevant Environmental Legislation

Responsible Act Objective Institution Applicability Environment (Protection) Act Applicable to all (1986) and subsequent To protect and improve the overall environment MoEFCC /CPCB amendments sub-projects Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) To provide guidance on environmental Notification, 2006 and clearance requirements and clarification on MoEFCC Not Applicable subsequent amendments related specific technical issues Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 To protect wild animals and birds through the and subsequent amendments creation of National Parks and Sanctuaries MoEFCC Not Applicable

The Water (Prevention and To provide for the prevention and control of Applicable to all Control of Pollution) Act 1974 water pollution and the maintaining or restoring CPCB / SPCB and subsequent amendments of wholesomeness of water. sub-projects To provide for the prevention, control and The Air (Prevention and abatement of air pollution, and for the Applicable to all Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 establishment of Boards to carry out these CPCB / SPCB sub-projects and subsequent amendments purposes.

Construction and Demolition To protect the evironment against improper CPCB / SPCB Applicable to all Waste Management Rules, handling, storage and disposal of Construction sub-projects 2016 and Demolition Waste

Hazardous Waste To protect the general public against (Management, Handling and improper handling, storage and disposal of Applicable to all Trans-boundary Movement) hazardous wastes CPCB / SPCB sub-projects Rules 2016 To protect the general public against Solid Waste Management improper handling, storage and disposal of CPCB/SPCB/Local Applicable to all Rules, 2016 solid & domestic hazardous wastes Authority sub-projects

The Forest (Conservation) Act To protect and manage forests MoEFCC / State Forest Applicable for the 1980 and subsequent Department subprojects amendments require diversion of forest land

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 15 | P a g e Central Motor Vehicle Act To control vehicular air and noise pollution. To State Transport Applicable to all (1988) and Rules (1988) regulate development of the transport sector, Department sub-projects check and control vehicular air and Noise pollution.

Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Archaeological Sites and Conservation of Cultural and historical remains Dept. GOI Not Applicable Remains (1958) found in India.

Building and Other construction workers To regulate the employment and conditions of (Regulation and the service of building and other construction Ministry of Labour and Applicable to all Employment and conditions of workers and to provide for their safety, health Employment sub-projects service) Act, 1996 and welfare measures To regulate the employment of children including age limits, type of employment, timing Child labour (Prohibition and Ministry of Labour and Applicable to all of work, information disclosure and health and Regulation) Act, 1986 Employment sub-projects safety.

2.2 EnvironmentalClearance 32. Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India’s (GoI) through Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification, 2006 and its subsequent amendments, made mandatory Environmental Clearance for the projects listed in the schedule of the said EIA Notification. The projects, listed in the schedule of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments, are required to obtain Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC / SEIAA. Power Transmission projects; have been exempted from Environmental Clearance as they are not listed in the schedule of EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments.

2.3 Forests Clearance 33. As per Forests Conservation Act (1980), any project requiring diversion of forests land for non- forestry purposes require forest clearance from MoEF&CC for the same. The forestry clearance is granted through two stages process. Since subproject sites are passing through forest area, clearance under Forest Conservation Act, 1980 is required from MoEF&CC before starting construction activities in forest areas for subprojects located in the forest.

2.4 WildlifeClearance 34. Wildlife clearance under Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 is required for the projects located within notified protected areas (Wildlife Sanctuary, National Park, etc.).As the subproject sites are not located within notified protected areas or its Eco-sensitive zone, Wildlife clearance is not required.

2.5 RequiredClearances/Permissions 35. For construction of the transmission lines & substations, required clearances/ permissions related to environment has been summarized in Table-4 below.

Table 4: Permissions/Clearances Required for the Subproject

S. Permissions/ Acts/ Rules/ Concerned No. Clearances Notifications/Guidelines Agency Responsibility

A. Pre-constructionStage 1 Forest Clearance Forest Conservation Act (1980) & State Forest HPPTCL for Diversion of Forest (Conservation) Amendment Department &

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 16 | P a g e Forest Land & Rules, 2014 with subsequent MoEF&CC. Cutting of Forest amendments Trees

B. Implementation Stage H.P State Consent to Air (Prevention and Control Pollution) Pollution Control operate for 2 Act, 1981 with subsequent Board (To be Contractor Crushers & amendments obtained before Batchingplant installation) H.P State Pollution Control Authorization for Board Hazardous Waste (Management and 3 Disposal of Contractor Handling) Rules 2016 (To be hazardouswaste obtained before generation) H.P. State Consent for Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution Control 4 Disposal sewage Pollution) Act, 1974 with subsequent Board Contractor from labor camps amendments (Before setting up thecamp) Department of Pollution Under Transport, Central Motor and Vehicle Act, 1988 5 Control Contractor with subsequent amendments Governmentof Certificate H.P. authorized testingcenters The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation and Employing District Labour 6 Employment Conditions of Service) Contractor Labour / Workers Commissioner Act, 1996 with subsequent amendments

2.6 InternationalAgreements 36. India has been playing an active role in environmental conservation since the first United Nations (UN) conference on Human Environment in Stockholm in 1972 and recognizes that protection of environment is closely linked to combating poverty. Key international agreements that India is signatory to and relevant for the project are providedbelow:

• Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, (Ramsar,1971) • Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage (Paris, 1972) • Convention in International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (Washington,1973) • Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals (Bonn,1979) • Convention on the Prior Informed Procedure for Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade (PIC or Rotterdam,1990) • United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (Rio De Janeiro, 1992) (vii) Convention on Biological Diversity (Rio De Janeiro,1992) • Protocol to the United Nations Convention on Climate Change (Kyoto,1997)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 17 | P a g e 2.7 Asian Development Bank SafeguardPolicies 37. The Asian Development Bank has defined its safeguard requirements in the Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 (SPS). The prime objectives of these safeguard policies are to: (i) avoid adverse impacts of projects on the environment and affected people, where possible; and (ii) minimize, mitigate, and/or compensate for adverse project impacts on the environment and affected people when avoidance is notpossible.

2.8 Project Categorization as perADB 38. ADB uses a classification system to reflect the significance of a project’s potential environmental impacts. A project’s category is determined by the category of its mostenvironmentallysensitive component, including direct, indirect, cumulative, and induced impacts in the project’s area of influence. Each proposed project is scrutinized as to its type, location, scale, and sensitivity and the magnitude of its potential environmental impacts. Projects are assigned to one of the following four categories: (i) Category A: A proposed project is classified as category A if it is likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts that are irreversible, diverse, or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area larger than the sites or facilities subject to physical works. An environmental impact assessment is required. (ii) Category B: A proposed project is classified as category B if its potential adverse environmental impacts are less adverse than those of category A projects. These impacts are site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible, and in most cases mitigation measures can be designed more readily than for category A projects. An initial environmental examination is required. (iii) Category C: A proposed project is classified as category C if it is likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental impacts. No environmental assessment is required although environmental implications need to be reviewed. (iv) CategoryFI: A proposed project is classified as category FI if it involves investment of ADB funds to or through a FI. 39. Using the prescribed ADB Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist (see Appendix 1), Tranche 2 project environmental category continue to be category B.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 18 | P a g e 3 DESCRIPTION OF THEPROJECT

3.1 Type of Project 40. The comprehensive Power System Master Plan4, completed in December 2010 with ADB assistance, considers transmission requirements in each of HP’s five major river basins where hydropower generation is either being built or planned, with an overarching objective of economic least cost development at appropriate levels of supply security and reliability. This includes overhead transmission line planning, substation equipment planning, and system integration into the National Electricity Plan. 41. Consequent to the recommendations of the master plan under HPCETIP, Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) pooling substation are proposed in place of conventional Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS) substations to reduce cost of development of land and civil works which forms a major part of capital cost in mountainous terrain. Power evacuation systems have been designed so that each developer is provided with two distinct points for power evacuation. This arrangement provides reliability and any fault at one point can ensure continuity of power. 42. The project also includes institutional strengthening initiatives for the state’s power sector entities. Specific to transmission, this includes capacity development objectives for further corporatization of HPPTCL and installation of enterprise resource planning software, given the considerable investment plans for additional hydropower and commensurate transmission system investments in HP and HPPTCL’s central role in new transmission system upgrades as an STU.

3.2 Category ofProject 43. The Tranche 2 components of the Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Project include construction of Power Transmission Lines & Substations. Details of the subprojects of Tranche 2 are provided in following table-5.

Table-5: Details of the Subprojects of Tranche 2.

S. Name of Component of No. Sub-Project Sub-Project 66 kV GIS Switching station at • 1, 250 kVA, 22 / 0.433 kV LTTransformer; 1 Urni • 66kV GIS, 5 Bays, 3Future 66 kV DC Line from Urni SS to • 66kV D/C 49 Nos. Tower with 85km of ACSR Wolf conductor 2 Wangtoo SS (Line length 13.659 km) • 7x105 MVA, 400/ 220kV,1Phase Auto Transformer(oneSpare) 33/220/400 kV GIS Lahal • 1 No., 50 / 63.5 MVA 3 Phase PowerTransformer Substation • 2 Nos., 630 kVA, 33 / 0.433 kV, 3 Phase StationTransformer 3 • 400kV 1 and half BB GIS, 6 Bays, 2+1 Future • 220kV GIS, 8 Bays, 4Future • 33kV GIS, 8 Bays, 4Future 220 kV Line from Lahal SS to • 220kV D/C 8 Nos Tower with 7 km of ACSR Zebraconductor 4 Budhil HEP (Line length 1.895 km)

220 kV DC Line from Sunda to • 220kV D/C 69 Nos Tower (Twin Moose) with 281 km of ACSR Moose 5 Hatkoti conductor (Line length 25.125 km) 132/220kV Pooling Station at 6 • 2 Nos. 80/100 MVA, 132/220 kVtransformers Sunda

4 Funded under a component of TA 7181-IND: Capacity Building for Himachal Pradesh Power Sector Agencies.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 19 | P a g e S. Name of Component of No. Sub-Project Sub-Project LILO of 132 kV Kangra-Dehra Line • 132kV D/C 54 Nos Tower with 93km of ACSR Panther conductor 7 at Chambi (Line length 15.038 km) • 220kV D/C 49 Nos Tower (Twin Moose), 12 special Towers and two 220 kV Line from Charor to 400 kV 8 gantry towers with 224 km of ACSR Moose conductor Banala Sub Station (Line length 17.575 km) 132/220kV GIS Substation at 9 • 2 Nos. 80/100MVA, 132/220 KVTransformers Charor

3.3 Capacity Building andTraining 44. HPPTCL, established on 11thSeptember, 2008, has been hiring staff on secondment from the previously unbundled HP State Electricity Board Limited (HPSEBL). To have effective and oriented personnel, HPPTCL needs capacity building and skills augmentation through training on technical aspects, study trips and exposure, project management, contracts related conflict resolution, environmental and social assessment, review and monitoring and IT related Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP). More training modules may be added in future depending on emerging staffing situation.

3.4 Brief Description of theSub-Projects 45. Due to the fast emerging energy demand in the country, there is a distinct necessity for strengthening and expanding the transmission networks. Himachal Pradesh is going to be the hub of clean energy generating facilities through hydroelectric potential. As a number of new projects are planned in Pabbar, Sangla, Ravi, Beas, Satluj River basins, HPPTCL is intending to construct an Integrated Transmission System in the area due to limited corridor availability and mountainous terrain constraints. This will take care of network reliability and redundancy in the system to evacuate power in case of an outage of any transmission line because of unforeseen conditions. In most cases, the circuit outage contingency is taken care of although tower outage contingency is not being met. Figure-1 gives the location of the transmission lines and the substations under Tranche-II within the HP State. (i) Subproject S1 - 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station atUrni: 46. To evacuate overall power generated in Satluj basin, a 66 kV switching substation is proposed to be constructed at Urni and it will be connected to proposed 400 kV substation of Power Grid nearby through Wangtoo substation5 which will cater to 421 MW power from various HEPs of Satluj basin. This switching station will connect Abdullapur (Haryana) via HPPTCL Wangtoo 66/220/400 kV substation, which will further transfer the power to 400 kV PGCIL station at Abdullapur through Abdullapur 400 kV D/C transmission line (PGCIL-JP). The work involves construction of a new switching substation of voltage 66 kV near Urni in the Kinnaur district of Himachal Pradesh. The switching substation is proposed to be constructed on land identified and purchased by HPPTCL by mutual agreement. The switching substation will be envisaged with the following components:

• Bus configuration for switching substation will be double bus scheme for 66 kV levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA. • 66 kV Bays include: Line Bays- 4 nos. and Bus Coupler- 1 no. • 66 kV bays for connecting individual hydro projects of IPPs with this switching station shall be provided by the IPPs as per regulatory norms.

5 Wangtoo substation funded by ADB in Tranche - 1

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 20 | P a g e 47. This substation is being constructed to evacuate 45MW power generated from various HEPs in Sangla valley of Satluj basin. The work involves construction of a new 66 kV switching substation, at Urni in the Kinnaur district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on vacant and barren private land identified and purchased by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table-6.

Table- 6: S1: Details Urni Substation Site S. No. Feature Description 1 Area of land 0.375 ha 2 Geographical coordinates N - 31°31'37.2" E - 78°08'18.7" 3 Village / town Urni, District Kinnaur 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Steep sloping land 6 Kind of land Non Agricultural 7 River (if any) Satluj River on southern side 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Urni Drain

(ii) Subproject T1 - 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GISsubstation 48. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 45 MW power generated from Raura-II 20MW, Raura 8MW, Shaung 3MW Brua 9MW, and Rukti-II5 MW in Sangla valley of Satluj basin. This transmission line will connect Abdullapur (Haryana) via HPPTCL Wangtoo 66/220/400 kV substation, which will further transfer the power to 400 kV PGCIL station at Abdullapur through 400/220/66kV HPPTCL PSS Wangtoo through Wangtoo Abdullapur 400kV D/C transmission line (PGCIL- JP). The transmission line will be constructed on self-supporting lattice type steel towers with 0.15 sq. inch “WOLF” conductor. Due to limited corridor and surge impedance loading consideration, the quantum of power of Sangla valley (Satlujbasin) estimated to be of the order of 45 MW in N-16 contingency. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Table-7 below.

Table-7: T1: Urni- Wangtoo Transmission Line Details

S. No. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 13.659 km 2 Total Tower locations 49 no. (6 no. Private and 43 no. Forest) 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 00 no 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 30 no. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 05 no 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 71 no felled & 81 to be lopped 7 No of private (fruit & nonfruit) trees to be felled 50 fruit + 21 nonfruit 16.3 km aerial distance from Sangla DistancefromnearestWildlifesanctuary/ 8 Valley (RakshamChitkul) Wildlife NationalPark Sanctuary

(iii) Subproject S2-33/220kV, 50/63MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal 49. Lahal substation is being constructed to evacuate 136 MW power generated from HEPs to be installed through Himurja in Bharmor, Gharola, and Holi areas of Ravi River basin. The work involves construction of a new pooling substation of voltage 33/220/400 kV in Lahal in the

6

The N-1 contingency is where all loads can be restored even if any single component fails (i.e. N-1 components stillavailable)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 21 | P a g e Chamba district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table-8.

Table-8: S2: Lahal Substation Site Details

S. No. Feature Description 1 Area of land 38,645 sq m 2 Geographical coordinates 32°28´13 N 76°28´08 E 3 Village / town Lahal 4 Ownership of land HPPTCL (acquired through LA Act) 5 Slope/Plain land Sloped 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Ravi (0.5 m) 8 Permanent feature nearby if any SH 33 touching the site

50. The 1x50/63 MVA, 220/33KV pooling substation will be envisaged with the following components:

• Bus configuration for substation will be double bus scheme for 33 and 220 kV levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA. • The components of sub- station are listed below:

400kv Bays 220 kV Bays 33 kV Bays 400 kv Bays Line Bays 1 6 Bus Coupler 1 1 Bus Sectionalizer 0 0 Transformer Bays 1 1

• 33 kV bays for connecting individual hydro projects of IPPs with this substation shall be provided by the IPPs as per regulatory norms.

(iv) Subproject T2 - 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line on D/C towers from 33/220 kV Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of BudhilHEP 51. Approximately 65.8 MW to be evacuated in Ravi river basin in Bharmour area and to save the corridor, it is proposed to evacuate this power through a D/C 220 kV transmission line with twin moose conductor. This transmission line will connect to Jalandhar via PGCIL 400 kV transmission line from Chamera PS. This will take care of network reliability and redundancy in the system to evacuate power in case of outage of any transmission line because of unforeseen conditions.The transmission line will be constructed on self-supporting latticed type steel towers with single zebra conductor.Due to limited c orridor and surge impedance loading consideration, the quantum of power of Bharmour, Holi and Gharola areas of Ravi basin) is estimated to be of the order of 136 MW in N-17contingency. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Table-9 below.

7 The N-1 contingency is where all loads can be restored even if any single component fails (i.e. N-1 components stillavailable)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 22 | P a g e Table-9: T2: Lahal-Budhil Transmission Line Details

S. No. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 1.895 km 2 Total Tower locations 8 Nos. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 00 no 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 1 no. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 0 no 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 55 no 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 0 no 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 8 km from Tundah Wildlife Sanctuary

(v) Subproject S3 - 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda 52. The transmission of power from the Pabbar basin to the northern grid will provide a tremendous boost to the economic development of Himachal Pradesh. The new 132/220 kV substation will evacuate 524 MW power from the Pabbar River basin developers to the National Grid through Abdullapur – Jhakri transmission line passing nearby. The TangnuRomai(44 MW+6 MW TangnuRomai SHP) and Dhamwari-Sunda (70 MW), Chirgaon-Majhgaon (60MW), Paudital Lassa (24MW) and an additional 59.3 MW (including 45 MW Rupin) HEPs are under commissioning and various clearance & investigation stages. The 111-MW Sara-Kuddu HEP shall also be finally interfaced at 220 KV S/S Hatkoti. 53. The work involves construction of 132/220 kV GIS pooling substation at Sunda in the Shimla district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are provided in Table-10.

Table-10: S3: Sunda Pooling Substation Details

S. No. Feature Description 1 Area of land 17,525 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates 31°13’57.2”N, 77° 44’20”E 3 Village / town Chirgaon 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Plain 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Pabbar 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Substation site is near the junction of river and khud

54. The substation will be envisaged with the following components:

• 2 nos. 100 MVA, 132/220 kV transformer bank • Bus configuration for sub-station will be double bus scheme for 132 kV and 220 kV levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA. • List of components of substation are listedbelow:

220 kV Bays 132 kV Bays Line Bays 2 4 Bus Coupler 1 1 Bus Sectionalizer 1 1 Transformer Bays 1 1 55. The new 220/132 kV pooling substation will evacuate 524 MW power from the Pabbar River basin developers to the national grid through 400kV Abdullapur–Jhakri transmission line of

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 23 | P a g e PGCIL passing nearby. The transmission of power from the Pabbar basin to the grid will provide a tremendous boost to the economic development of Himachal Pradesh.

(vi) SubprojectT3-220kV D/C transmission line from 220/132kV GIS PS Sunda to 220kV switching station Hatkoti 56. At 220 kV Hatkoti switching station, the envisaged 456 MW power of Pabbar basin will bepooled in by constructing Sunda- Hatkoti 220 kV D/C transmission line with twin moose conductor. The line will be constructed on self-supporting latticed type steel towers with Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced (ACSR) Moose conductor in bundle of two conductors per phase. Due to limited corridor and surge impedance loading consideration, the quantum of power of 524 MW in N-18contingency, a twin bundle conductor will be used. This line is being constructed to evacuate 524 MW power generated from various HEPs in Pabbar River basin. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Table-11below.

Table-11: T3: Sunda-Hatkoti Transmission Line Details

S. No. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 25.125 km 2 Total Tower locations 69 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 00 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 24. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 17 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 81 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 104 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 8 km from Talra Wildlife Sanctuary

(vii) Subproject T4 - 132 kV D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line 57. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 42.4 MW power from Shahpur area of Ravi basin, which will further transfer to 220/400 kV Hamirpur substation (PGCIL) through Dehra – Hamirpur 132 kV D/C transmission line and 132/220 kV Hamirpur substation (HPSEBL). Hence this system needs to be in place by the time the HEPs are commissioned.

58. The 2x25/31.5 MVA, 33/132 kV pooling substation will be envisaged with the following components: Bus configuration for substation will be double bus scheme for 33 kV and 132 kV levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA. List of components of sub- station are listed below:

220 kV Bays 132 kV Bays Line Bays 2 0 Bus Coupler 1 1 Bus Sectionalizer 0 0 Transformer Bays 2 2

(viii) Subproject S4 - 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor 59. The work involves construction of 132/220 kV GIS substation near Charor in the Kullu district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private

8 The N-1 contingency is where all loads can be restored even if any single component fails (i.e. N-1 components stillavailable).

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 24 | P a g e Land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table-12.

Table-12: S4: Charor Substation Details

S. No. Feature Description 1 Area of land 11,360 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates 31054’ 32.10”N, 770 11’ 25.21.” E 3 Village / town Charor 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Stepped/Slope 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Charor Drain

(ix) Subproject T5 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL 60. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 289 MW power from HEPs in Parbati Valley of Beas basin upstream of Charor. Total 289 MW power is expected to be evacuated through 220 kV D/C (twin moose) transmission line from Charorto Banala. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Table-13 below.

Table-13: T5: Charor - Banala transmission line details

S. No. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 17.575 km 2 Total Tower locations 62 nos. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 0 nos. 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 2 times. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 1 nos. 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 221 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 486 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 16 km from Great Himalayan National Park

3.5 Land Requirement 61. The sub-projects are located on private & forest land. All the sub-stations are located on private land and Transmission Lines are located on forest as well as on private land. Total land requirement for Tranche 2 subprojects are given in Table-14 below:

Table-14: Total Land Required for Tranche 2 Subprojects

Name of Land Requirement (sqm) S. No. Sub-Project Private Gov. / forest Total 1 66kV GIS Switching station at Urni 3750 - 3750 2 66kV DC Line from Urni SS to Wangtoo SS 5180 204874 210054 3 33/220/400kV GIS Lahal Substation 38645 - 38645 4 220 kV Line from Lahal SS to Budhil HEP 3840 31750 35590 5 220kV DC Line from Sunda to Hatkoti 648518 230857 879375 6 132/220kV Pooling Station at Sunda 17525 - 17525 7 LILO of 132kV Kangra-Dehra Line at Chambi 177300 228005 405305 8 220kV Line from Charor to 400kV Banala Sub Station 7583 367296 374879 9 132/220kV GIS Substation at Charor 11360 - 11360

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 25 | P a g e 3.6 Location ofSub-Projects 62. The proposed sub-projects are located in different areas of the HP state. Table-15 provides details of the proposed sub-project locations.

Table-15: Location Details of Subprojects

S. No. Name of Sub-Project PIU Location PIU, Bhabha Tehsil- Nichar, 1 66kV GIS Switching station at Urni Nagar, District- District- Kinnaur Kinnaur PIU Bhabha Tehsil- Nichar, 2 66kV DC Line from Urni SS to Wangtoo SS Nagar, District- District- Kinnaur Kinnaur PIU Lahal, District- Tehsil-Brahmaur 3 33/220/400kV GIS Lahal Substation Chamba District-Chamba Tehsil- Bharmour, Churah& PIU Lahal, District- 4 220 kV Line from Lahal SS to Budhil HEP Shahpur; Chamba District- Chamba&kangra PIU Rohru, Tehsil- Jubbal, Chirgaon, Rohroo; 5 220kV DC Line from Sunda to Hatkoti District- Shimla District- Shimla PIU Rohru, Tehsil- Chirgaon; 6 132/220kV Pooling Station at Sunda District- Shimla District- Shimla PIU Chambi, Tehsil- Shahpur; 7 LILO of 132kV Kangra-Dehra Line at Chambi District- Kangra District- Kangra 220kV Line from Charor to 400kV Banala Sub PIU Sarabhai, Tehsil- Manali, Kullu; 8 Station District- Kullu District- Kullu PIU Sarabhai, Tehsil- Manali, Kullu; 9 132/220kV GIS Substation at Charor District- Kullu District- Kullu

63. Index map showing indicative location of subproject sites is given in figure-1. Maps showing location of Substation sites & Transmission Line sites are provided in figure-2 to figure-6.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 26 | P a g e INDEXMAP-TRANCHE-IISUB-PROJECTS

Figure-1: Index map showing indicative location of subproject sites

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 27 | P a g e

Transmission Towers in Forest Land Line (Green Pin+Green Label) Right of Way Towers in Private Land (Red Pin+White Label) Figure-2(a): Map showing Urni Substation and Urni-Wangtoo Transmission Line (T-1 to T-7)

Transmission Towers in Forest Land Additional Tower Line (Green Pin+Green Label) In Forest Land Right of Way Towers in Private Land Minor Change in (Red Pin+White Label) Line Route Figure-2(b): Map showing Urni Substation and Urni-Wangtoo Transmission Line (T-8 to T-19)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 28 | P a g e

Transmission Towers in Forest Land Additional Tower Line (Green Pin+Green Label) In Forest Land Right of Way Towers in Private Land Minor Change in (Red Pin+White Label) Line Route Figure-2(c):Map showing Urni Substation and Urni-Wangtoo Transmission Line (T-20 to T-28)

Transmission Towers in Forest Land Additional Tower Line (Green Pin+Green Label) In Forest Land Right of Way Towers in Private Land Minor Change in (Red Pin+White Label) Line Route Figure-2(d): Map showing Urni Substation and Urni-Wangtoo Transmission Line (T-29 to T-35)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 29 | P a g e

Transmission Towers in Forest Land Additional Tower Line (Green Pin+Green Label) In Forest Land Right of Way Towers in Private Land Minor Change in (Red Pin+White Label) Line Route Figure-2(e): Map showing Urni Substation and Urni-Wangtoo Transmission Line (T-36 to T-43)

Figure-3:Map showing Lahal Substation and Lahal-Budhil TransmissionLine Site

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 30 | P a g e Sunda Substation

Figure 4: Map showing Sunda Substation and Sunda - Hatkoti Transmission Line Site

Figure-5: Map showing Kangra - Dehra Transmission Line Site

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 31 | P a g e

Figure-6: Map showing Charor Substation and Charor - Banala Transmission Line Site

3.7 Associated Facilities 64. There are several hydropower projects (HEPs) that will connect to these lines and substations in future. Besides eight HEPs (range of 3-10 MW) which are already commissioned and 5 more to be commission by year-end, mostly all other projects are in their design stages and have not yet started construction. Table-16 provides list of HEPs that have been commissioned to date as well as their expected commissioning dates.

Table-16: List of HEPs connecting to Tranche 2 subprojects

Name of Final power S. Transmission Transmission evacuation Projects to be evacuated No lines Project point S1-66 kV switching 66 kVD/C station at Urni Abdullapur transmission line T1 66 kV D/C (Haryana) via Rukti-II 5 MW from 66 kV 1 PGCIL Sherpa Raura-II 20 MW, Raura 8 MW transmission line switching stationat Colony 66/220/400 from 66 kV switching Urni to Wangtoo ,Shaung 3 MW, Brua 9 MW kV substation station at Urni to substation Wangtoo substation

S2-33/220 kV, 50/63 Holi 3.00 MW, Chirchind 5.00 MW, Jalandhar viaPGCIL 220 kV MVA P.S at Lahal Salun 4.50 MW, Sup 1.00 MW , 400/ kV transmission line 2 Chobia – I 5.00 MW ,Bharmour 0.50 T2-220 kV transmission line up to 220 kV yard MW, Tulang 3.00 MW, Kurhed, 4.50 transmission line from ChameraPS of Budhil HEP from 33/220 kV MW, Kuwarsi 5.00 MW , Holi – II 7.00

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 32 | P a g e Lahal substation up MW, Tulang-II 2.20 MW ,Kurhed-II 5 to 220 kV yard of MW , Siunr 1.50 MW , Ghator – I 2.20 Budhil HEP MW , chirchind-II 9.90 MW, Samwara 2.50 MW ,Kunkali 4.00 MW, Kuwarsi- II 5.0 MW, ToralKundli 5.00 W, Dug 1.50 MW, Dera 3.00 MW, Chate Ka Nalla 5.00 MW, Ghator Top 5.00 MW, Kiunr 2.00 MW, Sup-II 1.00 MW, Dhanco 12.00 MW, Cho Tanda 9.00 MW, and Rack 0.80 MW 220/400 kV Hamirpur T4-33/132 kV, substation (PGCIL) 2x25/31.5 MVA Brahal 4 MW , Upper Khauli 5 MW , through Dehra – LILO of 132 kV substation at Khauli-II 6.6 MW , Khauli 12 MW , Hamirpur Kangra- 3 Chambi (Shahpur) Brahal Top 5 , Brahal-III 4 MW Brahal Dehra S/C with LILO of 132 kV 132 kV D/C Bali 2 MW, Brahal-IV 2 MW, Brahal-V transmission line Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line 1 MW, transmission line and 132/220 kV Hamirpur substation Hamirpur(HPSEBL) Meeting Hatkoti – T3 - 220 kV D/C Abdullapur Gumma transmission line (Haryana) through 220kV 4 from Sunda to PGCIL LILO at transmission line at Hatkoti (25.125 km) Gumma substation Hatkoti switching station 220 kV D/C (Twin Abdullapur S3 - 132/220 kV, MOOSE) (Haryana) through 5 2x100 MVA pooling transmission line PGCIL LILO at substation at Sunda from Sunda to Gumma substation Hatkoti

T5 - 220 kV D/C 400 kV PGCIL Toss 10.00 MW ,Jirah 4.00MW, substation at 220 kV (Twin Bramganga5.00 ,Raskat 0.80 Jigral transmission line Amritsar through MOOSE) Charor- 4.00 MW, Chakshi 2.00 MW ,Chakshi from Charor to 6 400/220 kV Banala Banala transmission – II3.00MW Balargha 5.00MW, 400/220 kV Banala (PGCIL) P.S- Line Shilla 1.80 MW, Barthi, 1.00MW, sub - station of Amritsar 400 kV D/C Jirah 3.50 MW, Tauhak4.50MW

PGCIL line (PGCIL) Liptung Khor 3.00 MW, Piachkani 0.60 MW , Bakar Kiara 1.10 MW, Garthi-II

0.90 MW, Garthi-III 3.00 MW ,Garthi 132/220 kV 1.00 MW , Gathi 0.80 MW , Upper Charorsubstation , Jirah, 1.50 MW , Kungti 1.00 MW , 400 kV PGCIL station Nazonga 0.90 MW , Sarsadi 9.60 MW 7 at Amritsar through 132 kV Barsaini- Parvati 14.00 MW Parbati-II, 10.00 S4- 132/220 kV 400/220 kV Banala Charor D/C MW Sarsadi-II 9 MW Shat 3 MW , substation at Charor (PGCIL) P.S- transmission line Sharni 9.60 MW, MalanaTop 5.00 Amritsar 400 kV D/C MW, Malana-III 30.00 MW, MALANA- IV 10.00 MW, Thuchaning1 MW, Jari transmission line Hydel 5.00, Bramganga Top 5.00 ,Jal (PGCIL) 1.00 ,Manikaran 0.99 , Raskat-II 0.40, ManikaranChoj2.50

3.8 Implementation Plan 65. The proposed Project involves construction of approximately 73.292 km of transmission lines of various voltages 220/132/66/33 kV and 3 substations of 1135 MVA transformation capacity and 1 switching substation. The construction of substations involves private land purchase option or land acquisition in Charor, Sunda, and Urni & Lahal.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 33 | P a g e 66. For construction of transmission lines, the project would involve survey work, forest clearance, design and engineering of plant equipment, floating tenders for procurement, civil works related to 220/132/66/33 kV lines and 220/132/66/33 kV GIS substations testing and commissioning. The overall project implementation schedule for the project is detailed in Table-17.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 34 | P a g e

Table- 17: Overall Project Implementation Schedule

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Activity J F M A M J J A S O N D F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D Loan Approval Loan Effectivity

Output 1: Construction of Power Transmission Lines Activity 1.1: Construction of Transmission line Appointment of Implementation Contractors Design, Equipment Procurement/Supply

Construction & Commissioning Output 2: Construction of pooling stations Activity2.1:Constructionof Substations Appointment of Implementation Contractors Design, Equipment Procurement/Supply Construction & Commissioning Output 3: Capacity building

Activity 3.1: Training and Study tours Activity 3.2: ERP and IT facilities A. MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES EMP Activities Forest and crop compensation

Land Requirement Resettlement Plan Mid Term Review X Project Completion Report X LEGEND Con tin uo us Proc es s In term itt e n t P ro c es s

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 35 | P a g e

4 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT (BASELINE DATA)

67. Himachal Pradesh is a north Indian mountainous state. The climate of the state varies from subtropical to temperate. The total area of Himachal Pradesh is 55,673 sq. km, which is 1.74% of the total area of India. The state is very rich in natural resources especially forest and water resources, as it has many permanent glaciers, dense forests, mountain peaks and a network of rivers, with the 5 main rivers including the - Satluj, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, and Pabbar. The outer and lesser Himalayan watersheds of the state covering 28,970 sq. km area are of great national importance, as entire northern India depends largely for water and power produced by run-of-the- river projects from this region. Himachal Pradesh extends from the Shivalik Hills in the south to the Great Himalayan ranges including a slice of the trans-Himalayas in thenorth.

4.1.1 PhysicalResources 68. Kinnaur district: Kinnaur is situated 77°45' and 79°00’35’’ east longitudes and between 31°55'50'' and 32°05'15'' north latitudes. The district is entirely hilly except few small, deep valleys in between. The district has a total geographical area of 6401 sq. km which covers about 11.5 % area of the state. On the western side lies the Shimla district and on the north and north-west lies the Lahaul and Spiti. Kinnaur is about 235 km from Shimla is having the three high mountains ranges i.e. Zanskar, Greater Himalayas and Dhauladhar, enclosing valleys of Sutlej, Spiti, Baspa and their tributaries. The slopes of the valleys are covered with thick wood, orchards, fields, and picturesque hamlets. 69. Shimla district: is located at the south-east of Himachal Pradesh and have geographical area of 5131 sqkm. The district lies between north latitude 30º43'00'' and 30º45'48'' and east longitude 76º59'22'' and 78º18'40'' and fall in Survey of India degree-sheets Nos. 53A, 53E, 53F & 53I. The district is bounded by Mandi district in north, Kullu district in north-west, Kinnaur in the north-east, Sirmaur and Solan districts in the south and west respectively. District has inter-state boundary in the south - east with State of Uttrakhand. The district is well connected by rail and road network. The nearest airports are at Simla (Jubbal Hatti) and Chandigarh. 70. Chamba district: The district is situated between north latitude 32° 11΄30″ and 33° 13΄ 06″, and east longitude 75° 49΄ 00” and 77° 03΄ 30″ . The area of the district is 6,528 sq.km. with Chamba as its headquarters. There are 1591 villages in the district. The district has been divided into 6 sub-divisions [Chamba, Churah, Pangi, Bharmaur, Dalhousie, Chowari]. There are 7 tehsils [Chamba, Churah, Salooni, Pangi, Bharmaur, Dahlhousie, Bhatiyat] and 3 sub- tehsils [Bhallai, Holi, Sihunta]. 71. Kullu district: Kullu district is situated in the inner Himalayas between 300 51’ 00” North latitude and 770 06’ 04” East longitude. The district is bounded on the north and east by Lahaul and Spiti district; south-east by Kinnaur district; south by Shimla district; south-west

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 36 | P a g e and west by Mandi district and on the north-west by Kangra district. The total geographical area of the Kullu district is 5,503 sq. km which comprises of mountain peaks as high as Deo-Tibba (6,123 m) and as low as Jalori pass (3,000 m), the valleys of the Beas, the Parvati, the Sainj, the Tirthan and the valleys of Ani and Kurpan. In terms of geographical conditions, the district is mountainous cruised by rivers and valleys. The Satluj and Beas are the principal rivers with many tributaries. The altitude of the district ranges from 500 m to 5000 m amsl, but the habitation is only up to 3500m. 72. Kangra district The Kangra District of Himachal Pradesh is situated in the Western Himalayas between 31°2 to 32°5 N and 75° to 77°45 E. The district has a geographical area of 5,739 km. which constitutes 10.31% of the geographical area of the State. According to 2001 census, the total population of the district was 1,339,030, which is the highest in the state (22.50% of the population). The altitude of the district ranges from 427 to 6401m above mean sea level, with the lowest being in the plains areas bordering Gurdaspur district of Punjab in the west and Una and Hamirpur districts of H.P to the south while the highest being amidst the Dhauladhar mountain range which forms the border with Chamba and Kullu districts. The district has considerable diversity in its soils, physiography, land use patterns and cropping systems. On the basis of these, the district has further been divided into five sub-regions i.e. PirPanjal, Dhauladhar, Kangra Shiwalik, Kangra Valley and Beas Basin.

4.1.2 Climate & Rainfall 73. Kinnaur: The variance of climate, is as varied as the area. One experiences change, from the heat of the tropical zone, almost to the freezing temperature of a lowland winter. In the outer Himalayas, which is partly under the influence of the periodical rain, the temperature is much more uniform than in the interior, where, the summer is sultry and the winter extremely cold at elevation of from 8000 to 10,000 feet, in favorable situations, such as Chango, Leo, and Moorang the temperature of July and August is 20° to 22° C and in October temperature is about 10° C. At an elevation of 12,000 feet the summer temperature is between 13° C to 18° C and in October it is 3° to 4°C. In summers it is fairly warm in lower hills. The winter is often rigorous, and in some parts people do not venture out of their homes because of heavy snow. The mean monthly temperature varies from 5° C to 23°C. 74. The district receives rainfall from the month of June till September. The marginal shift in the monsoon pattern has been noticed over the period of years. The average annual rainfall in the district is 816 mm. However much of the rainfall is received in parts of lower Kinnaur. There is a progressive decrease in rainfall as one goes from west to east. The parts of upper Kinnaur receive more snowfall than the rainfall. The district receives heavy snowfall from November end or early December till March or sometimes April. During this period, the area remains totally cutoff from rest of the area. The higher peaks of Kinnaur district are completely covered with snow throughout the year. 75. Shimla: The climate of the district is sub-tropical in the valleys and tends to be temperate at the hilltops. There are four major seasons. The winter season commences from October and lasts up to March, summer extends from March to June followed by monsoon period extending upto September. The average annual rainfall in the district is about 999.64mm,

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 37 | P a g e out of which 75% occurs during monsoon period i.e. June to Sept. In winter season, precipitation as snowfall also occurs at higher reaches and as rainfall at low hills and valleys of the district. The minimum and maximum temperature varies from 2.5°C in January to 26°C in May. 76. Kangra: The climate of the district varies from sub-tropical to sub-humid. Winter extends from December to February and summer extends from March to June while July to September are the rainy months. The average annual rainfall of the district is 1751 mm, out of which 83% occurs during June to Sept. Snowfall is received in the higher reaches of Dhauladhar ranges. The minimum and maximum temperature at Dharamshala varies from 2.9°C in January to 32.9°C in May. 77. Chamba: The climate of the district varies from semi-tropical to semi-arctic. Winter varies from December to February and summer extends from March to June while July to September are rainy months. The maximum rainfall in the district occurs between July to September. The rainfall in the district during 2012 was 1106 mm. Snowfall is received in the higher reaches. The minimum and maximum temperature at Saloni in 2011 was 1.1°C and 32.9°C in January and Mayrespectively. 78. Kullu: Climate of the district is cool and dry and the year unfolds three broad seasons viz. cold season from October to February, hot season from March to June and rainy season from July to September. Snowfall generally occurs in December and January at higher elevations and most of the areas are cut off from the district headquarter since the mountain passes are closed. The district receives moderate rainfall and bulk of it is generally received during June to September and January-February. August is the wettest month throughout the district. The average annual rainfall of the district is 1405.7 mm, out of which 57% occurs during June to September. 79. Besides the seasonal variations, the climate of Himachal Pradesh varies at different altitudes. The average rainfall is 152 cm (60 inches). The highest rainfall occurs in Kangra district followed by Shimla district. The west part of the Shimla district, receives very less precipitation (1000 mm-1500 mm) than east part of district (1500-2000 mm). Highest precipitation is received in inter monsoon period from October to December. The annual rainfall in kangra lies between 900-3000mm. 80. Average rainfall in Kinnaur, Chamba, Kullu and kangra districts as compared to whole of Himachal Pradesh is shown inTable-18. Table-18 : Average Yearly Rainfall (in mm)

Year Himachal Pradesh Kinnaur Chamba Shimla Kullu 2006 1,041.3 348.6 1,584 1,177.1 88.6 2007 1,000.5 310.9 706 967.4 1,215.3 2008 1,141.0 354.1 857 1,211.4 825.1 2009 907.9 269.4 1,019 825.6 1,732.5 Source: District statistical abstract

4.1.3 Ambient AirQuality 81. Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring during construction period has been done during February &March, 2018 as per ADB approved Environmental Monitoring Plan. AAQ monitoring has been done at three locations for each sub-station at Urni and Lahal. Test

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 38 | P a g e results of the AAQ monitoring have been provided in table-19 below. Monitored AAQ paramenters are found well wihin the prescribed limits of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009. Table-19: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

Sub Project Site Name: 66 KV Sub Station, Urni, Bhaba Nagar, Distt. Kinnaur-172115 (H.P.) Date of Sampling: 25.02.2018 Sampling Location & Results

Inside Choling Urni 05 km Meru Outside S.No. Parameter Method 2.5 km Outside 05 km

1 SO2 µg/m3 , IS: 5182 (P-2) 10 13 9 2 NOx µg/m3 IS: 5182 (P-6) 17 19 12 3 PM 10 µg/m3 IS: 5182 (P-23) 79 83 74 4 PM 2.5 µg/m3 STP/ITC/EW-01 34 36 29

5 O3 µg/m3 , IS: 5182 (P-9) ND (14) ND (14) ND (14) Method of Air Sampling& 6 Pb µg/m3 Analysis (MethodNo.822) ND (0.1) ND (0.1) ND (0.1) 7 CO mg/m3 IS: 5182 (P-10) 1.4 1.5 1.7 Method of Air Sampling& 8 NH3 µg/m3 ND (20) ND (20) ND (20) Analysis (MethodNo.401) 9 C6H6 µg/m3 IS: 5182 (P-11) ND (1.0) ND (1.0) ND (1.0) Method of Air Sampling& 10 BaP µg/m3 ND (0.2) ND (0.2) ND (0.2) Analysis (MethodNo.102) Method of Air Sampling& 11 As µg/m3 Analysis (MethodNo.822) ND (1.0) ND (1.0) ND (1.0) Method of Air Sampling& 12 Ni µg/m3 ND (1.0) ND (1.0) ND (1.0) Analysis (MethodNo.822) Sub Project Site Name: 33/220/400 KV Sub Station, Lahal, Bharmour, Distt. Chamba (H.P.) Date of Sampling: 16.03.2018 Sampling Location & Results

Outside Sub Main Gate S.No. Parameter Method Outside Sub Station LT Inside Sub Station 0.5Km Office 0.5Km Station 0.5Km

1 SO2 µg/m3 , IS: 5182 (P-2) BDL BDL 7 2 NOx µg/m3 IS: 5182 (P-6) 7 8 10 3 PM 10 µg/m3 IS: 5182 (P-23) 61 66 74 4 PM 2.5 µg/m3 STP/ITC/EW-01 25 28 31

5 O3 µg/m3 , IS: 5182 (P-9) ND (14) ND (14) ND (14) Method of Air Sampling& 6 Pb µg/m3 ND (0.1) ND (0.1) ND (0.1) Analysis (MethodNo.822) 7 CO mg/m3 IS: 5182 (P-10) 1.6 1.6 1.7

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 39 | P a g e Method of Air Sampling& 8 NH3 µg/m3 Analysis (MethodNo.401) ND (20) ND (20) ND (20) 9 C6H6 µg/m3 IS: 5182 (P-11) ND (1.0) ND (1.0) ND (1.0) Method of Air Sampling& 10 BaP µg/m3 Analysis (MethodNo.102) ND (0.2) ND (0.2) ND (0.2) Method of Air Sampling& 11 As µg/m3 ND (1.0) ND (1.0) ND (1.0) Analysis (MethodNo.822) Method of Air Sampling& 12 Ni µg/m3 ND (1.0) ND (1.0) ND (1.0) Analysis (MethodNo.822)

4.1.4 NoiseQuality 82. Noise Quality Monitoring during construction period has been done during February &March, 2018 as per ADB approved Environmental Monitoring Plan. Noise monitoring has been done at three locations for each sub-station at Urni and Lahal. Test results of the Noise quality monitoring have been provided in table-20 below. Monitored Noise Quality paramenters are found well wihin the prescribed limits of National Ambient Air Quality Standards with respect to Noise. Table-20: Noise Quality Monitoring Results

Sampling Location Observed Value, dB(A) Leq S.No. Sub Project Site Name Sampling Date Name DAY* NIGHT* 1 Inside Choling 2.5 Km 25.02.2018 60.3 54.7

66 KV Sub Station, Urni, 2 BhabaNagar, Distt. Urni 2.5 Km Outside 25.02.2018 63.2 56.7 Kinnaur-172115 (H.P.) 3 Meru Outside 25.02.2018 59.2 55.1

Main Gate Inside Sub 4 16.03.2018 53.1 48.3 Station 33/220/400 KV Sub Outside Sub Station 5 Station, Lahal, Bharmour, 16.03.2018 53.0 50.1 Colony 0.5 km Distt. Chamba (H.P.) Outside Sub Station LT 6 16.03.2018 52.4 46.1 Office 0.5 km * Day time (6:00 AM to 10:00 PM) and Night Time (10:00 PM to 6:00 AM)

4.1.5 Topography 83. Topographically, the state consists of five distinct sub-regions. These are (i) valley areas with elevations up to 1,000 metres, (ii) low hills, between 1,000 and 2,000 metres, (iii) high hills which lie between 2,000 and 3,500 metres, (iv) the alpine zone with altitudes above 3,500 metres, and (v) the land of the perpetual snows. Climatically, the zones identified are the Outer Himalayas, the Inner Himalayas and the Alpine. Except a few small valleys, the Shimla district is entirely mountainous. The elevation of the district ranges from 300 to 6,000 metres. The district has a number of peaks, likeJakhoo in Shimla town, Siah near Chail, Churadhar in Chopal tehsil, Chensal in Rohru tehsil, Hatoo in Narkanda tehsil, and Shali in Seoni tehsil. Mostly the terrain is rough. The general topographical feature of the district is prevalence of interlocking spurs, narrow and steep sided valleys with high peaks and thick forest of Deodar and Kail.The soils are young and thin, however these get heavier and comparatively acidic with an increase in altitude. IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 40 | P a g e

4.1.6 Geomorphology & Soil Types 84. Kinnaur: district presents an intricate mosaic of mountain ranges, hills and deep valleys. It is primarily a hilly district, with altitudes ranging from 1,500 m to more than 6,500 m amsl. There is a general increase in elevation, from west to east and from south to north. Master slope is south-westerly. The drainage system of the district forms a part of the Indus River basin, except a small part in the northeastern area, which is apart of the Ganga River system. Geomorphologically, the district has been sub divided into the fluvial terrain, fluvio- glacial terrain, Alpines / meadows and Rocky terrain. 85. Taking into consideration, the morphological and physio-chemical characteristics of the soils and general similarity in them, the various types of soils observed in the district can be grouped into three major types viz Type-I, Type-II& Type-III. Type-I soil is coarse loamy, mixed in nature. The soil is developed from granites, highly metamorphosed gneisses, schists and occurs on moderately sloping to steep lands. These soils are well drained, with moderately rapid permeability. Natural vegetation exists in these soils and various crops are cultivated according to the suitability. 86. Kullu: Geomorphology of the area plays an important role in deciphering the sub-surface and surface hydrogeological conditions. On the basis of hydro geomorphological and geological set up, the study area can be divided into the following geomorphic units.

• Mountainous area- Dhauladhar and Pir-Panjal ranges trend NW-SE and peaks ranging in height between 4200-5000m above mean sea level. • Snow covered area- Northern and northeastern parts of Kullu district are covered with snow and snow line exists in this area. • Denuded hills- The presence of residual ridges along the intermontane valleys suggest that these ridges are the remnants of High Relief Mountains and formed active erosion. • Valley area - Fluvial processes and structural disturbances in the area form intermontane valleys. Kullu valley is elongated and broadly v-shaped in cross-section and denuded hills along thesides. • Terrace area- Number of terraces is formed along the river valleys in Kullu district. Terraces are generally noticed on the western bank of the Beas River. Two levels of terraces are demarcated near Bhunter, which are covered with thick vegetation. 87. The elevation of Kullu district ranges from 914m to 4084m above mean sea level with varied agro-climatic conditions. The texture of soil ranges from sandy loam to clay loam and the colour of the soil also vary from brown to dark brown. Generally the soil is acidic in nature. Depth of the soil varies from 50 to 100 cms. But despite this, all the agro climatic conditions provide a range of potentialities for growing cash crops like, off season vegetables, seed potatoes, pulses and temperate fruits. 88. Kangra: Kangra district presents an intricate mosaic of mountain ranges, hills and valleys. It is primarily a hilly district, with altitudes ranging from 350 m amsl to 4880 m amsl in the hills of Dauladhar. Physiographically, the district can be divided into six units-viz. (i) high hills, which cover almost 60% of the district (ii) Fluvio glacial outwash terraces, which is located in the north eastern part of the district (iii) structural terraces, in the central part (iv) valley fills (v) piedmont plain and (vi) flood plain.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 41 | P a g e

89. Six types of soils are observed in the district, they are: - 1. Histosols (Snow field, Peaty and Saline Peaty), 2. Ultisols (Brown red and yellow), 3. Alfisols (Sub Mountain), 4. Ardisols (Grey Brown), 5. Entisols (Youngeralluvium). 90. Chamba: district presents an intricate mosaic of mountain ranges, hills and valleys. It is primarily a hilly district with altitudes ranging from 600 m amsl to 6400 m amsl. Physiographically the area forms part of middle Himalayas with high peaks ranging in height from 3000 to 6000 m amsl. It is a region of complex folding, which has under gone many orogeneses. The topography of the area is rugged with high mountains and deep dissected by river Ravi and its tributaries. Physiographically the district can be divided in to two units- viz. i. high hills, which cover almost entire district ii. few valleyfills. 91. Three types of soils observed in the district are 1. Sandy Loam 2. Loam 3. Sandy Clay Loam. 92. Shimla: district presents an intricate mosaic of high mountain ranges, hills and narrow deep valleys with altitude ranging from 1000 to 3000 m above MSL. In the areas underlain by high hill ranges of Himalayas, the valleys are narrow and deep with steep slopes trending in NW-SE direction. The terrain is moderate to highly dissect with steep slopes. The altitude is higher in northeastern parts and decreases towards southwestern parts. 93. Soil is generally sandy loam in valley areas of the district and in rest of the hilly and mountainous areas soil is skeletal. The soil depth is generally shallow except in areas having good vegetative cover. It is generally dry, shallow and deficient in organic matter. Landslides are the common features in mountainous terrains. Soils are rich in nutrients and thus are fertile.

4.1.7 SoilQuality 94. Sampling and analysis of soil samples have been done during November &December, 2017 as per ADB approved monitoring plan during construction period. Four soil samples from different locations have been collected for each substation for Urni & Lahal substation project sites. Details of Soil quality analysis results have been provided in table-21 below. Table-21: Soil Quality Results

66 kV Sub-Station, Urni, HP Results Sr. No. Test parameter Units Location 1 Location 2 Location 3 Location 4 1. pH - 7.3 7.0 7.1 6.9 2. EC dS/m 21.90 22.90 20.90 23.90 3. TDS mg/l 14.23 14.89 13.46 13.52 4. SiO2 % 68.77 68.18 68.11 68.13 5. Al2O3 % 20.29 20.35 21.68 21.52 6. Fe203 % 1.21 1.52 1.62 1.64 7. Na2O % 1.90 1.80 4.70 4.72 8. K2O % 4.60 1.60 0.96 0.98

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 42 | P a g e 9. CaO % 2.00 1.75 0.91 0.93 10. MgO % 1.90 1.25 0.74 0.76 11. P2O5 % 0.55 1.79 0.43 0.45 12. TiO2 % 0.68 1.76 0.85 0.87 33/220/400 kV Sub-Station, Lahal, HP Results Sr. No. Test parameter Units Location 1 Location 2 Location 3 Location 4 1. pH - 7.1 7.3 7.4 7.6 2. EC dS/m 23.50` 24.6 24.10 25.80 3. TDS mg/l 17.81 15.99 16.12 16.77 4. SiO2 % 65.63 67.30 63.29 62.32 5. Al2O3 % 17.88 21.25 19.72 20.96 6. Fe203 % 1.48 2.83 3.10 3.06 7. Na2O % 5.45 3.10 2.92 3.65 8. K2O % 5.60 3.20 8.22 5.40 9. CaO % 0.82 0.65 1.71 2.15 10. MgO % 0.21 0.48 0.42 1.41 11. P2O5 % 0.56 0.59 0.48 0.66 12. TiO2 % 0.59 0.60 0.50 0.59

4.1.8 Water Resources (Surface and Ground Water) Surface Water 95. Himachal Pradesh has snow fed perennial rivers and rivulets flowing in almost all parts of the state. Yamuna, with its important tributaries of Tons, Pabbar and Giri in the east and Satluj, Beas, Ravi and Chenab in the west flow through various parts of the HP. Some of the important natural lakes worth mentioning are Khajjiar, Ghadasasu Lamba Dal, Manimahesh, Mahakali in Chamba district; Dal, Kareri in Kangra district; Rewalsar, Kumarwah, Prashar in Mandi district; Bhrigu and Dashahr in Kullu district; Chandratal and Surajtal in Lahaul & Spiti district; Chander Nan in Shimla district; and Renuka in Sirmaur district. The manmade lakes include Gobind Sagar in Bilaspur district; Pong Lake in Kangra district and Chamera lake in Chamba district. 96. Kinnaur: The drainage system of the district forms a part of the Indus River basin, except a small part in the northeastern area, which is apart of the Ganga River system. Baspa River, Ropa Gad, Taiti Gad, Wenger Gad, Tidong Gad, Satlej, and Spiti are main rivers of the district. 97. Kullu: The River Beas and its tributaries mainly drain more than 80% of the district. This river originates in the Pir-Panjal range near Rohtang, at an elevation of about 4000m and is joined by number of tributaries viz. arbati, Hurla, Sainj etc. All the tributaries are perennial in nature. The Beas river flow towards south-southwest direction under steep gradient up to Larji and thereafter, it becomes gentler. Besides Beas, Sutlej River forms a border between Shimla and Kullu district and flows in south easterly direction. Both the rivers are flowing in their youth stages as indicated by ‘V’ shaped river profile and deeper river channels. The Beas River maintains a longitudinal and consequent relationship in its upper course and after Larji it takes a knee-bend type turn towards west. The river is joined by subsequent rivers i.e. Parbati, Hurla, Sainj on its left and right banks. Several streams on their southern side in Kullu district join these subsequent rivers.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 43 | P a g e 98. Kangra: The Beas River forms the major drainage system in the district. The river Beas and its tributaries drain almost the entire district, except the north eastern part which is drained by the river Ravi. There are two important lakes in the district, namely Dal Lake and Kareri. 99. Chamba: The Ravi is the main river of Chamba district and is the heart and soul of the Chambyals. With its tributaries, it drains the whole of Chamba valley proper between Dhauladhar and Pangi range and thus commands the largest and most important part of the district. The river originates from Bara Bangahal area of Dhauladhar. The Main tributaries of Ravi are Budhil, Tundah, Beljedi, Sal, Siul, Siowa The river Chenab or Chandrabhaga rises from the mountains of Baralacha pass by two heads, the stream with its source on south- eastern side of the pass being called the Chandra and the other one which rises from north- western side is called the Bhaga. After the confluence of these two sister streams at Tandi, the river is generally known as Chenab. There are no large-sized lakes in Chamba district. However, a few water bodies namely Khajjiar Lake, Manimahesh Lake, Chamera Lake, Lama Dal, Gadasru Lake, and Maha Kali Dal exist. 100. Shimla district is drained by streams/rivers forming part of the drainage basins of the Sutlej, the Yamuna, the Pabbar and Tons rivers. However, major part of the district is drained by tributaries of Sutlej River. The Sutlej River is the longest river traversing along the north western boundary of the area and Giri River which is the tributary of the Yamuna River originates from the eastern part and runs in the SW direction. Whereas, tributaries of Tons river, flows in the southern parts and the Pabbar river in the eastern parts of the district. In general the density of drainage is moderate to high and is not uniform all over the district. Ground Water 101. Richly endowed with perennial rivers that flow down steep gradients in mountain catchments, Himachal has a vast amount of water resources. These resources meet drinking water and irrigation requirements as well as supplying hydroelectric power to a large population. Drinking and irrigation requirements are also catered to by numerous springs, streams and infiltration galleries in limestone caverns. The use of ground water sources for irrigation is common in Una, Sirmaur, Solan and Kangra districts. Due to poor potentialities in hilly hard rock areas and sloping hilly terrain, groundwater development is generally low In Himachal Pradesh. However, in these areas, major water supply and sources of water are ground water based viz., perennial springs, and bowriesand hand pumps. Springs are tapped at the source so that the water can be supplied under gravity. All major towns and villages are supplied water from ground water sources. The ground water is distributed along structurally weak/ fractured zones, faults, and landslides zones or along the contacts of the different rock formation in the topographically favorable areas. 102. In the Satluj river valley in Kinnaur district, the areas around Taranda, Tapri, between Oling and Lipa, Moorang and Tabling are most promising for water exploration. The other ground water potential areas are along BaspaRiver, TidongGad, TaitiGad, and Spiti River. The traditional dug wells tapping the shallow aquifer are not available however; this aquifer is being tapped by the hand pumps and shallow tube wells, which arewidelyused for domestic purposes. Ground water in the district occurs in valley area under water table and semi confined to confined conditions. The average depth of water level in shallow bore well

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 44 | P a g e ranges from 10 to 30 m below ground level. Ground water of the Kinnaur district is alkaline in nature9. pH of shallow ground water ranges from 6.95 to 7.75. The electrical conductivity (EC) in the area ranges from 127-672 micro mhos/cm. Nitrate values range between 1-10 mg/l. The chemical quality reveals that the overall ground water quality is good and is suitable for domestic and irrigational use. However, quality of water from hot springs in Karcham has brackish water with EC 1780 micro mhos/cm and fluoride concentration 3.5mg/l. 4.1.9 Water Quality of the Sub-ProjectArea 103. Sampling and analysis of water samples have been done during November & December, 2017 as per ADB approved monitoring plan during construction period. Four water quality samples from different locations have been collected for each substation for Urni&Lahal substation project sites. Water quality of the sub-project area is generally good. All the test results are within permissible limits. Details of ground water quality analysis results have been provided in table-22 below. Table-22: Ground Water Quality Results

66 kV Sub-Station, Urni, HP Requirement Results

Permissible 1 2 3 4 - - - - Sr. Name of the Units Acceptable limit in No. parameter limit absence of alternative

source Location Location Location Location

1. Color NTU 5 15 0.10 0.15 0.1 0.10

2. Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 200 600 55.60 54.47 55.77 53.70 3. Odour - Odorless Odorless - - - - 4. TDS mg/L 500 2000 56.39 59.16 58.37 59.56 5. Turbidity NTU 1 5 0.10 0.19 1.95 0.11 6. Cyanide as CN mg/L 0.05 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 7. Chloride as Cl mg/L 250 1000 15.36 15.57 15.70 16.15 8. Flouride as F mg/L 1.0 1.5 0.33 0.81 0.75 0.77

9. Nitrate as NO3 mg/L 45 No Relaxation 0.63 0.87 0.80 0.87 10. pH - 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 7.2 7.4 7.8 7.5

11. Sulphate as SO4 mg/L 200 400 N/D N/D N/D N/D 12. Phenolic Compound mg/L 0.001 0.002 N/D N/D N/D N/D as C6H5OH 13. Arsenic as As mg/L 0.01 0.05 N/D N/D N/D N/D 14. Copper as Cu mg/L 0.05 1.5 N/D N/D N/D N/D 15. Cadmium mg/L 0.003 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 16. Iron as Fe mg/L 0.3 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 17. Lead as Pb mg/L 0.01 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 18 Calcium as Ca2+ mg/L 75 200 35.09 36.29 35.54 35.99 19. Magnesium as Mg2+ mg/L 30 100 4.98 5.62 5.58 5.78 20. Manganese as Mn mg/L 0.1 0.3 N/D N/D N/D N/D

9 As per Ground Water Information Booklet, Himachal Pradesh, 2008

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 45 | P a g e 21. Mercury as Hg mg/L 0.001 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 22. Selenium as Se mg/L 0.01 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 23. Zinc as Zn mg/L 5 15 N/D N/D N/D N/D 24. Total Coliforms mg/L Absent - Absent Absent Absent Absent 25. Chromium as Cr mg/L 0.05 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 26. COD - - 27.77 28.6 28.5 27.4 27. BOD mg/l - - 1.21 1.21 1.20 1.20 28. DO mg/l - - 2 2.2 2.05 2.05 Electrical 29. µS/cm 750 0-2000 24.4 23.60 24.86 22.80 Conductivity

33/220/400 kV Sub-Station, Lahal, HP Requirement Results

Permissible 1 2 3 4 Sr. Name of the limit in - - - - Units Acceptable No. parameter absence of limit alternative source Location Location Location Location

1. Color NTU 5 15 1.1 0.10 0.08 1.2 2. Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 200 600 54.90 55.10 52.68 55.23 3. Odour - Odorless Odorless 4. TDS mg/L 500 2000 72.28 72.17 69.79 16820 5. Turbidity NTU 1 5 0.2 0.11 0.6 0.11 6. Cyanide as CN mg/L 0.05 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 7. Chloride as Cl mg/L 250 1000 15.60 15.21 15.20 15.10 8. Flouride as F mg/L 1.0 1.5 0.74 0.85 0.75 0.62 9. Nitrate as NO3 mg/L 45 No Relaxation 0.78 0.82 0.74 0.65 10. pH - 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 7.1 6.8 6.9 7.9 11. Sulphate as SO4 mg/L 200 400 15.59 14.59 14.10 12.60 Phenolic Compound 12. mg/L 0.001 0.002 N/D N/D N/D N/D as C6H5OH 13. Arsenic as As mg/L 0.01 0.05 N/D N/D N/D N/D 14. Copper as Cu mg/L 0.05 1.5 N/D N/D N/D N/D 15. Cadmium mg/L 0.003 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 16. Iron as Fe mg/L 0.3 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 17. Lead as Pb mg/L 0.01 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 18 Calcium as Ca2+ mg/L 75 200 34.45 34.75 33.68 34.22 19. Magnesium as Mg2+ mg/L 30 100 5.12 4.95 5.32 5.10 20. Manganese as Mn mg/L 0.1 0.3 N/D N/D N/D N/D 21. Mercury as Hg mg/L 0.001 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 22. Selenium as Se mg/L 0.01 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 23. Zinc as Zn mg/L 5 15 N/D N/D N/D N/D 24. Total Coliforms mg/L Absent - Absent Absent Absent Absent 25. Chromium as Cr mg/L 0.05 No Relaxation N/D N/D N/D N/D 26. COD - - 27.9 27.3 27.6 27.4 27. BOD mg/l - - 1.27 1.2 1.25 1.19 28. DO mg/l - - 2.0 1.99 2 1.15 Electrical 29. µS/cm 750 0-2000 20.20 21.45 22.85 23.40 Conductivity

4.1.10 Geology 104. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur district is primarily a hilly district with altitudes ranging from 1,500 to more than 6,500 m above mean sea level. There is a general increase in elevation from west to east and from south to north.The major part of the district is drained by Satluj

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 46 | P a g e River except small part in the south-eastern area, which is drained by Ganga River. Geo- morphologically the district has been sub divided into the fluvial terrain, fluvio-glacial terrain, alpines/meadows and rocky terrain as shown in Table-23 for Kinnaur districts below. Figure- 7 depicts the geological information in Kinnaur map. Table-23: The generalized geological succession of Kinnaur district

Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Kinnaur district, Himachal Pradesh, 2008 105. Chamba District: Chamba district is primarily a hilly district with altitudes ranging from 600 m amsl to 6400 m amsl. Physiographically, the area forms part of middle Himalayas with high peaks ranging in height from 3000 to 6000 m amsl. It is a region of complex folding, which has under gone many orogeneses. The topography of the area is rugged with high mountains and deep dissected by river Ravi and its tributaries. Physiographically the district can be divided in two units-viz. (i) High hills, which cover almost entire district, (ii) few valley hills. The generalised geological succession is given in Table-24 below. The geological map is shown in Figure-8. Table-24: The Generalized Geological Succession of Chamba District

Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Chamba district, Himachal Pradesh, 2008 106. Shimla district. Shimla district has high mountain ranges, hills, and narrow deep valleys with altitude ranging from 1,000 to 3,000 m above MSL. In the areas underlain by high hill ranges of Himalayas, the valleys are narrow and deep with steep slopes trending in NW-SE direction. The terrain is moderately to highly dissected with steep slopes. The altitude is higher in north-eastern parts and decreases towards south and west. The generalised geological succession is given in Table-25 below. The geological map is shown in Figure-9. Table-25: The Generalized Geological Succession of Shimla District

Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Shimla district, Himachal Pradesh, 2008

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 47 | P a g e 107. Kullu district. The landscape of Kullu district is mountainous imbedded with rivers and valleys. The altitude of the district ranges from 500 m to 5000 m above the mean sea level, but the habitation is only up to 3500 m. The district comprises of physiographic areas viz., Ujhi, Lug, Rupi, Kharahal and Seraj areas. The Seraj area is further divided into inner and outer Seraj. The inner Seraj includes Banjar block and Outer Seraj includes Ani and Nirmand blocks. Geologically the area falls in the Lesser Himalayan segment of the North- West Himalayas. The project area falls in the geological domain of Larji-Rampur tectonic window zone. The Larji-Rampur Window Zone exposes, two Granitoid Complex bodies namely (i) the Bandal Granitoid Gneisses in the North West and (ii) the JeoriWangtu Granitoid Gneiss in the south-west. The BandalGranaitoid Gneiss is considered equivalent to the Jeori-Wangtu Gneissic Complex on the basis of similarity in tectonic position, lithology and chronology of the rocks. The BandalGneisic Complex, spread over 500 sq km is exposed in Garash valley (in the north west) to the Sainj valley (in the south east), where it has been reportedly enveloped by the Manikaran Quartzite. The Bandal Granitoid Gneiss with litho-trend long NNW-SSE and comprising porphyroclastic as well as medium to coarse- grained gneiss and mylonitic gneiss. Table-26 provides generalized geological succession in the district. The geological map of Kullu is shown in Figure-10.

Table-26: The Generalized Geological Succession of Kullu District

Source: EIA, Sainj HEP Kullu by HPPCL

108. Kangra district presents an intricate mosaic of mountain ranges, hills and valleys. It is primarily a hilly district, with altitudes ranging from 350 m amsl to 4880 m amsl in the hills of Dauladhar. Physiographically, the district can be divided into six units-viz. (i) high hills, which cover almost 60% of the district (ii) Fluvio glacial outwash terraces, which is located in the north eastern part of the district (iii) structural terraces, in the central part (iv) valley fills (v) piedmont plain and (vi) flood plain. The geological map of Kangra is shown Figure- 11.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 48 | P a g e

Figure-7: Geological Map of Kinnaur district (Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Kinnaur district, Himachal Pradesh, 2013)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 49 | P a g e

Figure-8: Geological Map of Chamba district (Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Chamba district, Himachal Pradesh, 2013)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 50 | P a g e

Figure-9: Geological Map of Shimla district (Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Shimla district, Himachal Pradesh, 2013)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 51 | P a g e

Figure-10: Geological Map of Kullu district

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 52 | P a g e (Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Kullu district, Himachal Pradesh, 2013)

Figure-11: Geological Map of Kangra district (Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Kangra district, Himachal Pradesh, 2013)

4.1.11 Seismicity 109. The state of Himachal Pradesh lies almost entirely in the Himalayan Mountains, and is part of the Punjab Himalayas. Due to its location, it weathers many mild earthquakes every year. Large earthquakes have occurred in all parts of Himachal Pradesh, the biggest being the Kangra Earthquake of 1905. The Himalayan Frontal Thrust, the Main boundary Thrust, the Krol, the Giri, Jutogh and Nahan thrusts lie in this region. Besides that there are scores of smaller faults, like the Kaurik Fault which triggered the 1975 earthquake. Chamba, Kullu, Kangra, Una, Hamirpur, Mandi, and Bilaspur Districts lie in Zone V. The remaining districts of Lahual and Spiti, Kinnaur, Shimla, Solan and Sirmaur lie in Zone IV therefore the HPPTCL need to take adequate measures while designing to avoid damage during earthquake. Figure-12 depicts the earthquake hazard risk zonation of the entire state of Himachal Pradesh. 110. The transmission towers and the substation sites fall in Seismic Zone IV area (High Damage Risk Zone – MSK10 VIII) which indicates a very high damage risk zone. Therefore, HPPTCL is required to take adequate measures while erecting transmission lines to ensure least damage during earthquake.

10 Medvedev-Sponheuer-Karnik(MSK)intensitybroadlyassociatedwiththevariousseismiczonesisVI(orless),VII,VIIIand IX (and above) for Zones II, III, IV and V,respectively

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 53 | P a g e

Figure-12: Earthquake Zone of Himachal Pradesh

4.2 Ecological Resources

4.2.1 TerrestrialEcology

4.2.1.1 Forest 111. In Himachal Pradesh, important species of trees such as deodar, kail, chil, oak, mohru and kharsu are found in the forests and the major forest produce are resin and medicinal herbs. The available resin in the district is being processed by two government owned resin and turpentine factories at Bilaspur and Nahan. However the medicinal herbs are being exported in raw form out of the district. The forests in the district lie mainly in the outer Shivalik to the mid Himalayas. The soil is generally sandy loam and depth is shallow, except in the areas having vegetation where it is fairly deep. In the regions above 1,500 metres, the soil is generally deep and contains a thin layer of leaf molded species of ban, oak, chil, kail and deodar. In the lower elevation, shrub forms are found while in the higher altitude chil, deodar, kail etc. are available. In the lower ranges with warmer aspects and sharp slopes, with deep soil and favourable condition, species of mixed forest, of bamboo and shrubs are found. 112. Forests are an important resource of Himachal Pradesh. Although the area classified as "Area under Forest" is 67 percent of the total area of the Pradesh, yet the effective forest cover is much lower than this area, primarily because of a very large area in the state is either alpine meadows or is above the tree line. The climatic conditions prevailing in Himachal Pradesh and varying elevations are most suitable for the growth of forests. The forests provide valuable timber, medicinal herbs, raw material for industries and also provide employment and play a vital role in conserving the soil and ensure timely rains.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 54 | P a g e 113. Himachal Pradesh is a predominantly mountainous state. Consequently, its climate is more congenial to forests. It comprises four forest zones—sub-tropical, sub-temperate, wet- temperate and dry-temperate. • Sub-tropical forests: This zone consists of foothills and valleys up to an elevation of about 915 metres above mean sea level with a sub-tropical climate and an annual rainfall of 70-100 cm, of which 75 per cent falls during the monsoon season. The maximum temperature goes up to 40degree C. It comprises dry deciduous, chir pine, sal (2,140 sq. km.) and thorny forests (43 sq. km.) mostly of xerophytes species. • Wet-temperate forests: These extend from 1524 to 2,472 metres above mean sea level, and have some major forests and pasturelands. The annual rainfall varies from 100 to 250 cm, with snowfall during winter, when the temperature falls to minus 100C. During summer, the maximum temperature ranges between 15 and 200 C. These forests have been categorised as (a) lower western Himalayan temperate forests consisting of conifers, oaks and various deciduous trees and (b) western Himalayan temperate forests, which consist of firs, oaks and rhododendron species found in alpine zones. • Sub-temperate forests: These forests extend from 916 metres to about 1523 metres above mean sea level, have a mild climate and an annual rainfall of 90 to 120 cm, nearly 70 per cent of which is received during the monsoon season. Some upper hills get mild snowfall during winter, which does not stay for long. The maximum temperature in summer remains around 300C. Various species of pines, oaks and broad-leafed species grow in this zone. There are good pasturelands in this area. • Dry-temperate forests: These extend to above 2,472 metres. The mean annual temperature is around 10º C and the mean annual precipitation about 25 cm, most of which is received as snow. The area contains scattered trees and bushes such as chilgoza, willow, robinia, ailanthus, poplars and alpine pastures interspersed with bush such asephedra. 114. Table-27 below depicts the forest cover in project districts in 2015. The area of forests in the Kinnaur district according to the forest department is 604 km2 (averaging 10 per cent of the total geographical area viz., 6,401 km2. Shimla district has 2392 km2 of forest cover out of 5131 km2 geographical area. Kangra district has 2068 km2 of forest cover out of 5739 km2 geographical area. Kullu district has 1959 km2 of forest cover out of 5503 km2 geographical area. Chamba district has 2437 km2 of forest cover, out of 6522 km2 geographical area. Chamba has highest forest cover of 2437 km2 in project districts.

Table-27:- Forest Cover of Project Districts 2015 (Area in Km2)

Geographical Very Dense Mod. Desne District Area Forest Forest Open Forest Total Kinnaur 6401 82 262 260 604 Kangra 5739 310 1221 537 2068 Kullu 5503 586 785 588 1959 Chamba 6522 853 773 811 2437 Mandi 3950 373 735 568 1676 Shimla 5131 739 1037 616 2392 Source: H.P. Forest Department.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 55 | P a g e

115. The details of forest sections and trees to be impacted within forest sections are given in table 28. Table-28: Details of Forest Land & Trees to be impacted

S. Name of Sub-Project Details of Forest Land Details of Forest No. Impacted(Hectare) Trees to be Felled 1 66kV GIS Switching station at Urni Nil Nil 2 66kV DC Line from Urni SS to Wangtoo SS 20.4362 71 3 33/220/400kV GIS Lahal Substation Nil Nil 4 220 kV Line from Lahal SS to Budhil HEP 3.1715 55 5 220kV DC Line from Sunda to Hatkoti 20.4857 81 6 132/220kV Pooling Station at Sunda Nil Nil 7 LILO of 132kV Kangra-Dehra Line at Chambi 22.8005 109 8 220kV Line from Charor to 400kV Banala Sub 36.7296 221 Station 9 132/220kV GIS Substation at Charor Nil Nil

4.2.1.2 Flora 116. The subproject sites are located at various altitudes in Himalayan region. Major tree species found in the sub project area are listed in below table-29. Table-29: List of Major Tree Species

S. No. Local Tree Name Botanical Name 1 Chil Pinus roxburghii 2 Deodar Cedrusdeodara 3 Kail Pinus wallichiana 4 Rai Piceasmithiana 5 Tos Abiespindrow 6 Arkor Rhus semi-alata 7 Kharsu Quercus semicurpifolia 8 Khanor Aesculus indica 9 Mohran Ulmuswallichiana 10 Neoza Pinus gerardiana 11 Robinia Robinia pseudo-acacia 12 Titree Rhuspunjabensis 13 Ash Fraxinus spp. 14 Kainth Pyrus pashia 15 Behmi Prunus mira 16 Phegra Ficuspalmata 17 Khair Senegalia catechu 18 Sheesham DalburgiaSisoo 19 Jamun SyzigiumCumini 20 Kachnar Bauhinia variegate 21 Aam Mangifera Indica 22 Siris Albizzia lebbeck 23 Pipal Ficus Religiosa 117. Details of flora found in project affected districts are described in following sections. 118. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur is situated high in the Himalaya, where vegetation is sparse and consists primarily of hardy grasses. Alpine species such as juniper, pine, fir, cypress, IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 56 | P a g e and rhododendron can be found at elevations between 3,500 and 5,000 meters, primarily in middle Kinnaur. At lower altitudes, temperate-climate trees are found, including oak, chestnut, maple, birch, alder, magnolia, apple, andapricot.

119. Chamba district. Chamba is situated high in the Himalaya, where vegetation sparse and consists of western Himalayan temperate, moist alpine scrub and dry alpine scrub. Species of medicinal importance include Aconitum heterophyllum, Jurineamacrocephala and Ephedra gerardiana, Moist Deodar Forest, Western Mixed Coniferous forests and Montane broad leaf deciduous forests, Alpine pastures and sub alpine grasslands.

120. Shimla district. The Shimla district is endowed with a variety of trees, shrubs grasses and climbers. In addition to the above mentioned varieties of trees found in district Shimla, Pinus wallichiana (Blue pine); Piceasmithiana (Rai), Abiesspectabilis, Juniperusmacropoda, Populusciliata, Salix viminalis, Quercus dilata, Alnusindica. Cedrusdeodara, Aesculus indica, Corylus colurna, Juglans regia, Prunus cornata, Pinus roxburghii(Chil), Quercus leucotrichophora, Rododendronarboreum, Lyoniaovalifalia,Acacia catehu, Terminalia chebula, Syzygiumcumunni, Emblica officinalis, Mallotusphilippinensisand dominant shrubs comprise of Salix, Barberis, Rosa, Viburnum, Lonicera sp. Carissa opaca Carissa spinarum, Dodoneaviscosa, Indegoferaheterantha, Rhamnusvirgataetc.are also found here. 121. Kullu district. The Kullu district is known for luscious quality of apples, apricots, cherries, plums, peaches and pears. In higher reaches where the life is harsh and difficult, the people have been mostly subsisting upon coarse grains and wild products like buckwheat and barley. Kodra, sariara, maize and dried beans have been the staple food of these people. Among the various forest trees, district is rich in alpine vegetation. The commonest trees present are pine, oak rhododendron, deodar, mohru, kharsu and wildwalnut.

4.2.1.3 Fauna 122. Kinnaur district. In Kinnaur district, serow, blue sheep, red fox, musk deer, goral, ibex, leopard, snow leopard, brown bear, himalayanblack bear are found in different wildlife sanctuaries of the district. Yaks, donkeys and ponies are reared by local farmers in the higherareas.

123. Chamba district. Important animals found in the district are ibex, musk deer, snow leopard, black bear, blue sheep, himalayantahr and royle'spika, western tragopan, koklas, monal, green backed tit, black tit, himalayan griffon, snowcock, snow pigeon. himalayan black bear, leopard cat, common langur and yellow-throated marten, brown bear, goral, himalayantahr, serow, and cheer pheasant. Other domestic animals like donkey, cow, goats and sheep.

124. Shimla district. Important animals found in the district are pig, deer, rabbit, bear, ghurral, kakar, chittal deer, sambar dear whereas birds found are, bater, dove, peacock, black francolin, yellow footed green pigeon, pigeon, jungle fowl kolsa, chakouretc.

125. Kullu district. In Kullu, the wild life species found sparsely include common Indian rat, wild cat, himalayan black bear, brown bear, barking deer, musk deer, goral, jackal, langoor, IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 57 | P a g e monkey, leopard andpanther.

4.2.1.4 Wildlife Sanctuary / NationalPark 126. For selecting the route alignment, any wildlife travel routes have been avoided as far as possible during the field visits. Details of Wildlife Sanctuaries located near the project sites are provided in table-30 and map showing Wildlife Sanctuaries & National Parks of Himachal Pradesh is given below figure-13.

Table-30: Details of Wildlife Sanctuaries Located Near the Project Sites

S. PIU Name ofSub-Project Aerial Distance from Nearest Wildlife No. Sanctuary (WLS) /National Park (NP) 1 PIU, Bhabha Nagar, 66kV GIS Switching station at Name:-Sangla Valley (RakchamChitkul) WLS District- Kinnaur Urni Distance:- 16.3 km 2 PIU Bhabha Nagar, 66kV DC Line from Urni SS to Name:-Sangla Valley (RakchamChitkul) WLS District- Kinnaur Wangtoo SS Distance:- 16.3 km 3 PIU Lahal, District- 33/220/400kV GIS Lahal Name:-Tundah WLS Chamba Substation Distance:- 8 km 4 PIU Lahal, District- 220 kV Line from Lahal SS to Name:-Tundah WLS Chamba Budhil HEP Distance:- 8 km 5 PIU Rohru, District- 220kV DC Line from Sunda to Name:-Talra WLS Shimla Hatkoti Distance:- 8 km 6 PIU Rohru, District- 132/220kV Pooling Station at Name:-Talra WLS Shimla Sunda Distance:- 23 km 7 PIU Chambi, LILO of 132kV Kangra- Dehra Name:-Sechu Tuan Nala WLS District- Kangra Line at Chambi Distance:- 11.5 km 8 PIU Sarabhai, 220kV Line from Charor to Name:- Great Himalayan National Park District- Kullu 400kV Banala Sub Station Distance:- 16 km 9 PIU Sarabhai, 132/220kV GIS Substation at Name:- Great Himalayan National Park District- Kullu Charor Distance:- 16 km

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 58 | P a g e

Figure-13: Map showing Wildlife Protected areas in Himachal Pradesh

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 59 | P a g e 4.3 Socioeconomic Profile

4.3.1 Demography 127. As per the Census 201111, the total Population of Himachal Pradesh is 68.6 Lacs. Thus the population of Himachal Pradesh forms 0.57 percent of India in 2011. Himachal Pradesh has total population of 6,864,602 in which males were 3,481,873 while females were 3,382,729. Total area of Himachal Pradesh is 55,673 square km. Thus the population Density of Himachal Pradesh is 123 per square km which is lower than national average 382 per square km.

Kinnaur: 128. In 2011, Kinnaur had population of 84,121 of which male and female were 46,249 and 37,872 respectively. In 2001 census, Kinnaur had a population of 78,334 of which males were 42,173 and remaining 36,161 were females. Kinnaur District population constituted 1.23 percent of total Maharashtra population. In 2001 census, this figure for Kinnaur District was at 1.29 percent of Maharashtra population. There was change of 7.39 percent in the population compared to population as per 2001. In the previous census of India 2001, Kinnaur District recorded increase of 9.91 percent to its population compared to 1991.

129. The initial provisional data released by census India 2011, shows that density of Kinnaur district for 2011 is 13 people per sq. km. In 2001, Kinnaur district density was at 12 people per sq. km. Kinnaur district administers 6,401 square kilometers of areas.

130. Average literacy rate of Kinnaur in 2011 were 80.00 compared to 75.20 of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 87.27 and 70.96 respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at 84.30 and 64.40 in Kinnaur District. Total literate in Kinnaur District were 60,699 of which male and female were 36,697 and 24,002 respectively. In 2001, Kinnaur District had 51,913 in itsdistrict.

131. With regards to Sex Ratio in Kinnaur, it stood at 819 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census figure of 857. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census 2011 Directorate. In 2011 census, child sex ratio is 963 girls per 1000 boys compared to figure of 979 girls per 1000 boys of 2001 census data.

Kangra: 132. In 2011, Kangra had population of 1,510,075 of which male and female were 750,591 and 759,484 respectively. In 2001 census, Kangra had a population of 1,339,030 of which males were 661,254 and remaining 677,776 were females. Kangra District population constituted 22.00 percent of total Maharashtra population. In 2001 census, this figure for Kangra District was at 22.03 percent of Maharashtra population. There was change of 12.77 percent in the population compared to population as per 2001. In the previous census of India 2001, Kangra District recorded increase of 14.05 percent to its population compared to 1991. 133. The initial provisional data released by census India 2011, shows that density of Kangra

11 As per Census of India, 2011 Data IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 60 | P a g e district for 2011 is 263 people per sq. km. In 2001, Kangra district density was at 233 people per sq. km. Kangra district administers 5,739 square kilometers of areas.

134. Average literacy rate of Kangra in 2011 were 85.67 compared to 80.08 of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 91.49 and 80.02 respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at 87.54 and 73.01 in Kangra District. Total literate in Kangra District were 1,152,640 of which male and female were 606,443 and 546,197 respectively. In 2001, Kangra District had 940,505 in its district.

135. With regards to Sex Ratio in Kangra, it stood at 1012 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census figure of 1025. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census 2011 Directorate. In 2011 census, child sex ratio is 876 girls per 1000 boys compared to figure of 836 girls per 1000 boys of 2001 census data.

Kullu:

136. In 2011, Kullu had population of 437,903 of which male and female were 225,452 and 212,451 respectively. In 2001 census, Kullu had a population of 381,571 of which males were 198,016 and remaining 183,555 were females. Kullu District population constituted 6.38 percent of total Maharashtra population. In 2001 census, this figure for Kullu District was at 6.28 percent of Maharashtra population. There was change of 14.76 percent in the population compared to population as per 2001. In the previous census of India 2001, Kullu District recorded increase of 26.17 percent to its population compared to 1991.

137. The initial provisional data released by census India 2011, shows that density of Kullu district for 2011 is 80 people per sq. km. In 2001, Kullu district density was at 69 people per sq. km. Kullu district administers 5,503 square kilometers of areas.

138. Average literacy rate of Kullu in 2011 were 79.40 compared to 72.90 of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 87.39 and 70.91 respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at 83.98 and 60.88 in Kullu District. Total literate in Kullu District were 307,672 of which male and female were 174,550 and 133,122 respectively. In 2001, Kullu District had 239,649 in its district.

139. With regards to Sex Ratio in Kullu, it stood at 942 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census figure of 927. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census 2011 Directorate. In 2011 census, child sex ratio is 962 girls per 1000 boys compared to figure of 960 girls per 1000 boys of 2001 census data.

Chamba:

140. In 2011, Chamba had population of 519,080 of which male and female were 261,320 and 257,760 respectively. In 2001 census, Chamba had a population of 460,887 of which males were 235,218 and remaining 225,669 were females. Chamba District population constituted 7.56 percent of total Maharashtra population. In 2001 census, this figure for Chamba District was at 7.58 percent of Maharashtra population. There was change of 12.63 percent in the population compared to population as per 2001. In the previous census of IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 61 | P a g e India 2001, Chamba District recorded increase of 17.19 percent to its population compared to 1991.

141. The initial provisional data released by census India 2011, shows that density of Chamba district for 2011 is 80 people per sq. km. In 2001, Chamba district density was at 71 people per sq. km. Chamba district administers 6,522 square kilometers of areas. 142. Average literacy rate of Chamba in 2011 were 72.17 compared to 62.91 of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 82.59 and 61.67 respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at 76.41 and 48.85 in Chamba District. Total literate in Chamba District were 323,842 of which male and female were 186,064 and 137,778 respectively. In 2001, Chamba District had 246,169 in its district.

143. With regards to Sex Ratio in Chamba, it stood at 986 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census figure of 959. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census 2011 Directorate. In 2011 census, child sex ratio is 953 girls per 1000 boys compared to figure of 955 girls per 1000 boys of 2001 censusdata. Shimla: 144. In 2011, Shimla had population of 814,010 of which male and female were 425,039 and 388,971 respectively. In 2001 census, Shimla had a population of 722,502 of which males were 380,996 and remaining 341,506 were females. Shimla District population constituted11.86 percent of total Maharashtra population. In 2001 census, this figure for Shimla District was at 11.89 percent of Maharashtra population. There was change of 12.67 percent in the population compared to population as per 2001. In the previous census of India 2001, Shimla District recorded increase of 17.02 percent to its population compared to 1991.

145. The initial provisional data released by census India 2011, shows that density of Shimla district for 2011 is 159 people per sq. km. In 2001, Shimla district density was at 141 people per sq. km. Shimla district administers 5,131 square kilometers of areas.

146. Average literacy rate of Shimla in 2011 were 83.64 compared to 79.12 of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 89.59 and 77.13 respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at 87.19 and 70.07 in Shimla District. Total literate in Shimla District were 612,642 of which male and female were 342,846 and 269,796 respectively. In 2001, Shimla District had 504,330 in its district.

147. With regards to Sex Ratio in Shimla, it stood at 915 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census figure of 896. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census 2011 Directorate. In 2011 census, child sex ratio is 925 girls per 1000 boys compared to figure of 929 girls per 1000 boys of 2001 census data.

4.3.2 Employment / Working Population Details12 148. In Himachal Pradesh out of total population, 3,559,422 were engaged in work activities. 57.9% of workers describe their work as Main Work (Employment or Earning more than 6 IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 62 | P a g e Months) while 42.1% were involved in Marginal activity providing livelihood for less than 6 months. Of 3,559,422 workers engaged in Main Work, 919,786 were cultivators (owner or co-owner) while 68,668 were Agricultural labourers. (Source: Census of India, 2011)

149. Kinnaur: In Kinnaur district out of total population, 56,273 were engaged in work. 83.1% of workers describe their work as Main Work (Employment or Earning more than 6 Months) while 16.9% were involved in Marginal activity providing livelihood for less than 6 months. Of 56,273 workers engaged in Main Work, 25,890 were cultivators (owner or co-owner) while 1,759 were Agricultural laborers.

150. Kangra: In Kangra district out of total population, 675,170 were engaged in work activities. 46.5% of workers describe their work as Main Work (Employment or Earning more than 6 Months) while 53.5% were involved in Marginal activity providing livelihood for less than 6 months. Of 675,170 workers engaged in Main Work, 69,424 were cultivators (owner or co-owner) while 11,122 were Agricultural labourers.

151. Kullu: In Kullu district out of total population, 269,084 were engaged in work activities. 72.1% of workers describe their work as Main Work (Employment or Earning more than 6 Months) while 27.9% were involved in Marginal activity providing livelihood for less than 6 months. Of 269,084 workers engaged in Main Work, 132,503 were cultivators (owner or co- owner) while 7,172 were Agricultural laborers. 152. Chamba: In Chamba district out of total population, 294,035 were engaged in work activities. 40.7% of workers describe their work as Main Work (Employment or Earning more than 6 Months) while 59.3% were involved in Marginal activity providing livelihood for less than 6 months. Of 294,035 workers engaged in Main Work, 51,959 were cultivators (owner or co-owner) while 2,650 were Agricultural laborers. 153. Shimla: In Shimla district out of total population, 430,926 were engaged in work activities. 72.3% of workers describe their work as Main Work (Employment or Earning more than 6 Months) while 27.7% were involved in Marginal activity providing livelihood for less than 6 months. Of 430,926 workers engaged in Main Work, 156,511 were cultivators (owner or co-owner) while 17,486 were Agricultural laborers.

4.3.3 Industries 154. Because of difficult geographical terrain and topography of the Shimla district, the chances to set up modern, medium and large scale industries are quite limited. Therefore, there are only cottage and smallscale industries that rely on varied type of local raw materials, like wool, juices, fruits and wood. The cool and dust free climate of the district is also quite congenial for the growth of the electronic industry in the district. There is one electronic complex operating in Shoghi. Cotton carding, threshing, fruit canning preservation, bakeries, and oil expelling are the main agro-based industries operating in the district. Earlier, wooden packaging cases, was the main wood based industry, operating in the district, but with the replacement of wooden boxes by cartons, this industry has lost its importance. However, wooden furniture, toys, sticks, and joinery are still operating in the district. Stone crushers and earthen pottery are the main mineral based industries of the district. There are number of textile based units also which are engaged in the IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 63 | P a g e manufacturing of hosiery products, shawls, chaddars, and fancy handicraft. Further, there are some engineering, chemical and electronic based units also operating in the district. Some of the engineering units, are producing barbed wire, wire nails, tin smithy products, steel fabrications, steel furniture, auto repairs and sewing machines and assembling. Laundry soap, detergent, bread wrapper,ink, candle making, tyre retreading are some of the chemical based units set up in the district. Electronic based products being produced in the district are video cassettes, televisions, voltage stabilizers, TV/radio repairs, and intercom. 155. The economy of the Chamba district is mostly agrarian. Main minerals found in the district are limestone and slate. Sultanpur is an industrial area of district. Table-31 below gives the type of registered small scale industries.

Table-31 : Registered Small Scale Industries in Chamba district

Type ofIndustries Number 1. Food &Allied 477 2. Hosiery &Textile 435 3. WoodenProducts 347 4. Leather &RaxinProducts 97 5. Glass/Ceramics 49 6. Mechanical &Allied 164 7. Electronic &Electrical 137 8. Paper & PaperProducts 2 9. Chemical &Allied 93 10. Miscellaneous 150 11. Total 1951 Source: Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (GoI) 156. In Kullu district, there are two medium and large scale industrial enterprises located at village Raison manufacturing natural spring water and aerated water. Total fixed capital investment in these enterprises is Rs. 154.94 million and providing employment to 147 persons including 21 non-himachalis. 1,817 small scale industrial enterprises (on 31.03.2011) having fixed capital investment of Rs. 405.465 million provide employment to 10,628 persons, out of which 123 are non-himachalis. Industrial area of Kullu district is situated in Shamshi on N.H. 21, 7 km from Kullu town towards Bhunter. The total area of this industrial area is 82.19 bighas. 43 plots, 12 sheds and 16 shops have been developed in this area. At present 39 industrial enterprises are working in this industrial area having fixed capital investment of Rs. 90.76 million and providing employment to 414 persons.

4.3.4 Infrastructure Facilities

4.3.4.1 Rural Roads and Communication System 157. Total motorable roads in the Kinnaur district are 4,171 km out of which 4,010 are motorable. 2,048 km are metalled and 1,172 km are kutcha. In absolute terms, road length works out to be 78.15 km per 100 sq. km against the state average of 46.64. Telephone density is 74.5 per 2000 population but telecommunication revolution in the state has increased the communication to a great extent. It has helped in quick response to disasters and emergencies.Distances from health institutions, travel time, and means of transport have an effect on the utilization of services in health facilities and also affect the timely referral of emergencies.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 64 | P a g e 158. According to district profile of Chamba district, district has total 2,136.626 km of total road network out of which 1,159 km is metalled road. Details of road networkare given in Table-32 below. Table-32 : Road Network in Chamba district

1. Totalroadnetwork 2,136.626km 2. Metalledroad 1,159.902km 3. Unmetalledroad 976.724 km 4. Villages connectedwithroads 570 5. Roaddensity 32.62 km per 100 sq.km or 4.62 km per 1000persons

Source: District official website

159. In Kullu district, total roads in the district are 1675 km out of which 128 km are double lane 1503 km are single lane. In absolute terms, road length works out to be 78.15 km per 100 sq. km against the state average of 46.64. Details are shown in Table-33 below. Table-33: Total Road in Kullu district

Roads in km 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 Total road length 1578 1636 1675 Double lane 128 128 128 Single lane 1384 1455 1503 Other Jeep able 6 3 2 Non Jeepable 60 50 42 Source: Kullu district at a glance, Government of HP

4.3.4.2 Water Supply 160. As per planning department of Himachal Pradesh, all 16,997 villages in the state were provided with safe drinking water facility by March 1994. Availability of piped and potable water supply affects the health of people. As on December 2006, number of partially covered villages was 479 and number of fully covered villages were 6,031. None of the villages in the district remains uncovered. In addition, 938 hand pumps were functional in the district. Though the piped water supply is ensured but quality of water is still a question mark. Water borne diseases constitute single largest group of all diseases.

4.3.4.3 Electrification 161. As per the district statistical abstract, 100% rural electrification has been achieved in theKullu, Mandi, Shimla and Chamba districts and 85.47% achieved in Kinnaur district by 31st March 2010. 4.3.5 Land Use 162. The HP state is spread over deep small valleys and high elevations and cultivation is possible only in small terraces of holdings in the high hills or in the basins of streams/khads. However, in the deep valleys though very few in numbers, the cultivation is spread in a vast area. Most of the land, is either under shrub forests or greasy land with Chil, Pine trees up to the height of 1,500 metres from mean sea level and Kail, Deodar, Rai, Ban, Mauru, Rhododendrons and Kanor on the high altitude. Near the basins of rivers and khads, land is flat and fertile and the cultivation of cereals and pulses and seasonal vegetables is done extensively. Sloping areas of high altitudes are most suitable for horticulture purposes for apples, almonds, walnuts, apricots and others. 163. Prior to the coming of Tenancy and Land Reforms Act, there were three kinds of land tenure systems prevalent in the district and these were (i) Zamindari, (ii) Pattedariand (iii) Bhaichara. Zamindari system of land tenure was abolished after the introduction of Himachal Pradesh Tenancy and Land Reforms Act and most of the cultivators who were IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 65 | P a g e tenants of the landlords for generations became the owners of the land except in case of holdings of those land lordswho were minors, widows, disabled and service personnel. Land holding in the hilly terrains, of the district are small in size, scattered and fragmented and comprise terraced fields, in major part of the cultivable area. With a view to do away with uneconomical land holdings, the Government of Himachal Pradesh has taken certain steps for the consolidation of holdings, under the Consolidation of Holding Act. Table-34 shows the Land Use pattern in HP state. Table-34 : Land use pattern of Himachal Pradesh

SNo. Land Use Area in Ha Percentage 1 Total geographical area 5,567 2 Reporting area for land utilization 4,545 100.00 3 Forest 1,101 24.22 4 Not available for cultivation 1,130 24.86 5 Permanent pasture and other grazing lands 1,501 33.03 6 Land under misc. Tree crop & groves 69 1.52 7 Culturable wasteland 127 2.79 8 Fallow lands other than current fallows 14 0.31 9 Current fallow 60 1.32 10 Net area sown 543 11.95 Source: India State of Forest Report 2009 164. There is lot of variation in land physiographic and agro climatic conditions in Chamba district. The district harbours low hills subtropical regions of Bhatiyat block, mid hills sub humid areas of Chamba (Sadar), high hills temperate regions of Salooni, Mehla and Tissa and high land tribal areas of Bharmaur and Pangi. Consequently, land use pattern varies widely from one region to another. Out of the total geographical area of 5,06,899 hectares (excluding Pangi block), the cultivated area is only 38,837 hectares accounting for about 8 per cent) of the geographical area of the district. The availability of cultivable land decreases drastically from low to high hills. In the blocks like Bharmaur, Tissa and Salooni, the availability of arable land is limited due to undulating topography and hilly terrains but more area can be developed and brought under plough. The major proportion of the area falls under permanent pastures and forest lands. However, there are 2,085 hectares of culturable waste and 5,523 hectares of fallow land that can be developed and brought under cultivation which would increase the existing cultivated area by about 20 per cent. Table-35 shows the land use pattern. Table-35: Land use pattern of Chamba district

Particulars Bharmaur Bhatiyat Chamba Mehla Salooni Tissa Total Total geographical area 171,739 59,587 32,623 94,324 49,815 98,811 506,899 Forests Productive 18,170 13,008 3,962 52,853 5,006 11,330 104,329 Degraded 7,787 5,575 2,642 5,873 0 5,332 27,208 Barren and uncultivablel and Rocky 588 148 95 574 430 816 2,651 Stony 95 0 0 0 95 Sloppy 0 591 95 0 0 0 686 Land putto non-agricultural uses Buildings 274 806 1,915 1,776 1,293 6,064 Roads/paths/channels 640 805 0 0 1,078 2,523 Culturable waste Weed/bush infested 425 40 65 219 57 200 1,006 Area prone to animal menace 150 60 131 0 0 738 1,079 Per manentp asture and othergra zing lands Productive 136,000 6,055 8,427 25,063 34,212 71,925 281,682 Degraded 1,362 24,219 8,427 0 0 0 34,008 Land under miscellaneous 1,180 11 0 1 6 10 1,208 tree crops and groves

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 66 | P a g e Fallow land Current fallow 299 668 178 620 2,190 138 4,093 Other fallow 761 152 21 231 136 129 1,430 Cultivated land 4,103 9,060 6,874 6,976 6,002 5,822 38,837

Source: District agriculture plan 2009

4.3.6 Agricultural Development / Other income sourcesAgriculture 165. Horticulture and agriculture play very important roles in the economy of Himachal Pradesh. The economy of Kinnaur district is predominantly agriculture based where as large as 67.09% of the total working force is engaged in tilling the cultivable land. The space of arable land is small and the cultivation is common on narrow strips along the browse of the mountains. The crops for the most part are poor and a great scarcity of grain pervades. In time of scarcity, horse chestnuts are dried and ground into flour. The standard grains of Kinnaur are barley, phaphra (Fagopyrum esculentum) and ogla (Fagopyrum emerginatum); barley is sown in March-April and harvested in July after which the fields are prepared for the ogla and phaphra which are harvested in October. At the places where one cropping season is undertaken, the important crops grown are Ooa (Hordeumcoeleste), wheat, phaphra and barley which are sown in April and harvested in August- September. The other grains are bathu (Amranthus), cheena (Panicum miliaceum) and koda (Paspalumocribiculatum). Generally, the local millets are grown as cereals. A long and typical winter season is responsible for low production. Non-food crops do not have much of importance. Farming is dependent on irrigation and the main sources are the Kuhls (water channels) drawn from the streams fed by glaciers. Due to high profits, the people have enthusiastically taken to raising off-season vegetable crops like cabbage, peas, tomatoes, beans, seed potato and pulses. Table-36 shows the crop calendar. Table-36: Crop calendar

SNo. Crop Month of sowing Month of harvesting 1 Maize May to June October 2 Wheat October to April June /September/ October 3 Jo October/November/May June/July/September/October 4 Small Jo June September/October 5 Mash June October 6 Potato April to June October 7 Mustard October/November May/June 8 Pea April/June /October August/October/April/May 9 Rajmah May/June September/October Source: District Statistical Abstract - Kinnaur 166. As per District agriculture plan of Chamba district, the farmers of the district generally take two crops per year. Maize is the main crop of the Kharif season and potato and paddy are also sown, in some areas. Wheat and barley are the major Rabi crops. The period of sowing and harvesting of crops depends on the elevations. Millets and coarsecereals like ogla, kangni, cheeney, chilai and bathu constitute important crops of the cold region of Bharmaur and Pangi where maize is not sown during the Kharif. Amongst the vegetables grown during the Kharif season are tomato, peas, potato and cabbage. Mostly these crops are grown to meet local requirements of the cultivators. Six seed multiplication farms are functioning at Bhanota, Rajpura, Bhagat, Thullet, Ahla and Dharwas. 167. According to agriculture production, the Shimla district can be divided into three broad regions: (i) valleys and basin areas (ii) mid hills and (iii) high hills. The low lying areas of Rampur, Suni, Kumarsain, Jubbal and Kotkhai, Chopal, Mashobra, Theog and Rohru

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 67 | P a g e tehsils, are particularly suitable for the cultivation of cereal crops. In the mid hill areas of these blocks, the scope to produce vegetables, fruits and cereals is immense. The higher elevations of these blocks are suitable, for growing apples, cherry, seed potatoes, almonds and walnuts, paddy, wheat, maize, millets and pulses. Mushroom cultivation and a number of vegetables such as potatoes, peas, and cauliflower are also grown in the district. Central Potato Research Institute which has a potato research station in Kufri and potato farms are functioning in Shillaru, Kharapathar, Khadrala and Dhurla. 168. Major part of Kullu district grows apples and other fruits which are plum, peach, apricot, pomegranates and kiwi as well as nuts, especially almonds. Table-37 gives the details of area in hectare under different crops. Table-37: Area of Kullu District under Different Crops

S. No Crop 2007-08 (area in Ha) 2008-09 (area in Ha) Agriculture 1 Maize 16,375 16,337 2 Jo 3809 3801 3 Potato 1103 1115 4 Rise 1513 1498 5 Wheat 25,986 25,972 Horticulture 6 Apple 23113 23180 7 Other fruits 4094 4066 Total 27,207 27,246 Source: Kullu district at a Glance (Government of HP)

4.3.7 Horticulture 169. Kinnaur district is the one of the rich fruit producing districts of Himachal Pradesh. Grown at high altitude and in ideal climatic conditions, the apple of Kinnaur possesses better taste, colour and aroma. Besides, temperate fruits like walnut, almond, chilgoza, raisin, apricot, of Kinnaur are at par with the best quality produced among the world. The area under apples in Kinnaur was 8,832 hectares producing 47,446 tonnesapples. Majority of area and production is realised in Kalpa block.

170. The variations in the climatic conditions in the Chamba district present immense possibilities for the development of horticulture. The district has suitable pockets for the production ofhazenut, chilgoza, apricot, walnut, peach, apple, pear, plum and mango. The apple orchards are located mainly in Churah, Bharmaur, Chamba and Pangi tehsil and salooni sub- tehsils where delicious varieties of red, royal and golden apples etc. are mostly found. Walnut is grown all over the district. Chilgoza is mostly found in Pangi area and certain pockets of Bharmaur tehsil. There are three olive development centers in the district at Lanji, Sarol and Rajnagar. In order to meet the plant requirements of the cultivator, the department is maintaining progeny orchards and nurseries in the district. In order to provide a market for horticultural produce, the horticulture department of the state government has started fruit canning unit in the public sector at Rajpura and other such unit is functioning at Chamba in the cooperative sector.

171. One third of total fruit production of the state is coming from Shimla district alone. Nearly fifty per cent of total apple crop of the state is produced in Shimla district. There are two fruit research stations functioning in the districts-one at Mashobra and the other at Kotkhai. Further, there are 17 progeny orchards, 31 plant protection centres, 2 garden colonies, 1 IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 68 | P a g e community colony and 6 grading and packaging houses, working in the district. With a view to provide all required essential infrastructure to fruits production government has set up four cold storage centres at Oddi, JarolTikkar, Rohru and Gumma, each with a capacity of one thousand tonnes. There is one canning unit also in the district.

172. Horticulture plays an important role in the economic life and prosperity of the people of Kullu. Greater emphasis is being laid on this sector because the geographical features and climatic conditions prevailing in the district are ideally suited for fruit farming. Apart from apples other varieties of fruits grown in Kullu district are plum, peach, apricot, pomegranates, kiwi and nuts, especially almonds.

4.3.8 Beekeeping 173. Bees are very important for apple production as they help in pollination of apple crop for setting of fruits. Shimla district have the required flora for bees. In Kotkhai, there is one Ag- Mark laboratory engaged in processing and packaging of honey. There are seven bee keeping stations functioning in the district in Sawra, Nerva, Dodakwar, Hatkoti, Annu, Gaunaand Shimla.There are more than 60 commercial private units and more than 500 small private, bee keeping units functioning in the district.

174. As per district agriculture profile of Chamba district, (GoHP) Chamba has lots of potential for bee keeping development as a potential enterprise in this district as there is sufficient flora available. In certain locations, farmers are rearing exotic (Apis mellifera) as well as indigenous (Apisindica) bee colonies. Both stationary and migratory bee keeping practices are adopted. In Bharmaur, high quality honey is produced due to availability of medicinal flora Chhichhari (Plectranthrus). Presently, bee keeping is not a specialised activity but a supplementary enterprise but with the emphasis on horticultural development, the bee keeping may gain importance to harness their complimentary benefits in pollination. With the increase in area under fruit, sufficient bee flora can be produced in flowering season. However, like sheep and goats, migratory bee keeping will be more feasible during winter if the bee colonies are shifted to other areas that time of the year.

4.3.9 Animal Husbandry 175. The livestock census data in HP state for the last 5 livestock census is given below in Table-38 which indicates that the total livestock population has declined by about 0.1 million heads between 1987 and 2008. Though the pastoral and livestock based livelihood is declining in number, the stock is improving in quality as the output is increasing:- Table-38: Category wise Cattle as per Livestock Census

SNo. Category 1987 1992 1997 2003 2008 1. Cattle 22.45 21.65 21.74 21.96 2.79 2. Buffaloes 7.95 7.04 7.48 7.73 7.62 3. Sheep 11.14 10.79 10.80 9.06 9.01 4. Goats 11.20 11.18 11.68 11.16 12.41 5. Horses and Ponies 0.20 0.14 0.13 0.17 0.136 6. Mules and Donkeys 0.31 0.24 0.26 0.33 0.26 7. Pigs 0.18 0.07 0.07 0.03 0.02 8. Other Livestock 0.02 0.06 0.08 0.02 0.02 Total 53.45 51.17 52.24 50.46 52.26

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 69 | P a g e 176. Given the difficult geographical features of the Kinnaur district, livestock is indispensable for agriculture and horticulture development in the district. Cross breeding of jersey and holstein breed cows, marino and rembuilt in sheep, and white leg horn and rhode island red birds in poultry were introduced in the district. Number of veterinary hospitals, dispensaries, outlying dispensaries artificial insemination centres are also functioning in the district to prevent common ailments and control of infectious diseases. For improving the quality of sheep and wool, Government Sheep Breeding farm at Jeori is supplying improved sheep to the breeders of the district. 177. Chamba district has total of 2,90,852 livestock, with 138 veterinary breeding farms, 1 wool analysis centre, and 36,921 poultry farms. Details are given in Table-39 below. Table-39 : Status of Animal Husbandry in Chamba district

Total live stock 2,90,852 Crossbred 27,994 Veterinary institutions 138 Sheep breeding farm 1 Poultry farm 1 Wool analysis centre 1 Poultry 36,921

Source: District Profile of Chmaba (district official website)

4.3.10 Fisheries 178. Fishing in the state is regulated under Himachal Pradesh Fisheries Act, 1976. Satluj and tributaries of Yamuna - Giri, Pabber Tons, Ashani and Shalvi have more than 400 km length available for fishing. Some of the fish species are Torputitora, Salmotrulta, Schyzpthorax, Fasio Salmo, Gairdineri, GairedinerriBagarius and weedy fishes. Fast flowing cold water, in different rivers and khuds is quite suitable for varied species of fish in the district. 179. Kullu district has perennial rivers, the Beas, Solang, Manalsu, Chhaki, Parvati, Sujoin, Fozal, Garsa, Kurpan etc. The important variety of fish found in the district is Trout and Himalayan Barbel. Trout fish farms have been established at Patlikuhl, Babeli and Nagni to give a boost to this enterprise. The total fish production in the district during 2006-07 was 243 metric tonnes, the value of which turned out to be Rs. 13.5 million.

4.3.11 Mineral Development 180. As per investigation of Geological Survey of India, the minerals available in Himachal Pradesh include limestone, birytes, clays, mica, iron pyrites, salt, gypsum, slate, antimony and lead. The distribution of these minerals is scattered all over the state and includes lime stone in Bilaspur, Sirmaur and Kangra districts; salt and slates in Mandi district; gypsum in Rajban, Bharli in Sirmour district; Lahaul&Spiti and Sapatu in Solan district; byryte in Sirmour, iron ore in Mandi and Kangra; and uranium in Kullu and Hamirpur districts.

4.3.12 TourismFacilities 181. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur district is a tourist hub that has many places of historical, archaeological and religious importance such as Kalpa, ReckongPeo, Sangla, Chango, Chhitkul, Kothi, Leo, Lippa, Moorang, and Nichar.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 70 | P a g e 182. Chamba district. The Chamba town stands on a plateau on the right bank of the Ravi river valley between Dhauladharand Zanskar ranges south of the inner Himalayas. This town was founded by Raja Sahil Varman when he conquered the lower Rani valley from the petty chiefs called Ranas and Thakurs in the beginning of 10th Century. Important tourism places in Chamba district are Bhuri Singh Museum, AkhandChandi Palace, Bharmour, Champavati temple, Chamunda Devi Temple, Chaugan, Dalhousie, Hari Rai Temple, Kilar (Pangi valley HQ), Laxmi Narayan Temple, Manimahesh Lake, Rang Mahal, Saho, Sui Mata Temple, Vajreshwari temple, and Chhatrari.

183. Shimla district. Shimla district has many places of historical, archaeological and religious importance. Apart from Shimla town, Kufri, Naldehra, Narkanda, Rohru, Hatkoti, Kotgarh, Rampur, Sarahan are the main centres, of tourist interest. Shimla is also known for a number of fairs and festivals. Lavi fair of Rampur, which has acquired the status of international fair, is the most important and popular fair of the district. Large number of traders comes all the way from other states to Rampur to buy woollen articles, dry fruits and medicinal herbs. Certain other fairs held in the district are Sippi fair of Mashobra, Barara fair of Kumarsain, Bhoj fair organized in village Guman in Rohru Tehsil, Charyoli fair held in village Bodna in Chopal tehsil, Chunehar fair of Theog tehsil, Dudhbahali fair of Rampur tehsil. In addition, Jagna Shari fair of tehsil Jubbal, Mahasu Jatar (Mahasu Village), Pathar- ka-khel fair (of Halog), Rampur-k-Jatar (village Rampuri), Rihali Fair (Suni tehsil), Rohru Fair, Sarahan Fair and Shancha fair (Village Baragaon) also take place in the district. These fairs provide not only a good platform for social and cultural integration, but also give a big boost to economic activity.

184. The Kullu valley well connected by air and road and is situated on either side of river Beas and attracts national and international tourists. The Kullu valley runs north to south of this Beas river and is 80 km long and about 2 km at its broadest. The valley is famous for its exquisitely woven colourful handmade shawls and Kullu caps. Important tourists site in Kullu valley are Manali valley, Bajaura, Banjar, Bijli Mahadev Temple, Camping site Raison, Kasol, Katrain, Larji, Malana, Manikaran, Naggar, Raghunathji Temple, Vaishno Devi Temple and Great Himalyan National Park.

4.3.13 Social and Cultural Resources

4.3.13.1 Education Facilities 185. There are 1,612 primary school and 350 secondary and 306 higher secondary schools in Shimla district and 189 primary schools and 38 secondary and 44 higher secondary schools in Kinnaur district. There are 1,115 primary school and 81 secondary and 85 high schools in Chamba district. The details are shown in Table-40 and Table-41 below. Table-40: Detail of School and Colleges in year 2009 – 10 in Kinnaur & Shimla districts

S no. Item Kinnaur Shimla 1 Primary schools 189 1,612 2 students enrolled in Primary Schools 5,904 52,663 3 Teachers in Primary schools 532 3,545 4 Secondary schools 38 350 5 students enrolled in Secondary Schools 3,811 35,266 6 Teachers in Secondary schools 119 3,462 7 Higher Secondary Schools 44 306

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 71 | P a g e 8 Students enrolled in HigherSecondary 3,857 53,709 9 Teachers in Higher SecondarySchools 439 4,926 10 Colleges 1 09 11 Students enrolled inColleges 321 12,858 12 CollegesTeachers 21 270 Source: District Statistical Abstract 2009-10

186. The districts have some technical and law colleges and distance learning programs and correspondence courses offered by various study centres under Open University Scheme of Indian Universities. Table-41 : Detail of Educational institutes and literacy in Chamba district

Degree colleges 7- Chamba, Chowari, Banikhet, Salooni, Tissa, Pangi andBharmour. B.Ed.College 1-Chamba Polytechnic institutes 2- Chamba and Banikhet. Seniorsecondaryschools 81 Highschools 85 Middleschools 239 Primaryschools 1,115 Literacyrate 63.73% (2001CENSUS) Maleliteracy 77.22% FemaleLiteracy 49.78%

Source: http://www.himachalpr.gov.in

187. The number of primary schools has increased from 425 in 1995 to 730 in 2006-07, the impact of which has been reflected by the increasing literacy rate in the district. The number of middle and high/senior secondary schools has also increased over the period. In order to provide higher educational facilities, the number of colleges has increased to 4 during 2006- 07. The teacher- student ratio at primary level has decreased over the period and is 1:13 at present but at middle level the ratio is 1:65 which needs to be reduced by increasing the number of teachers (details inTable-42). Table-42: Number of Recognized Schools and Colleges in Kullu District (2010-11) Year Primaryschools Middleschools High /seniorsecondary Colleges schools 2006-07 730 115 87 4 2007-08 741 129 104 4 2008-09 741 128 104 4 2009-10 743 128 104 4 2010-11 749 127 104 4 Source: District Statistical Abstract 4.3.13.2 Health Facilities

188. Shimla district has 1645 allopathic hospitals, 220 community health centres, 201 primary health centres, and 28 civil hospitals. Chamba district has 1 civil hospital, 7 community health centres, 42 primary health centres, and 176 sub centres. Kullu district has 2 civil hospitals, 5 community health centres, 17 primary health centres, and 1 Homeopathy health centre. Table-43 gives the details.

Table-43: List of Government Institutions

SNo. Health Institution Kinnaur Shimla Chamba Kullu 1 Regional Hospitals 1 1 1 2 Civil Hospital 1 28 1 2 3 Community Health Centers 3 220 7 6 4 Primary Health Centers 21 201 42 17 5 Sub-Centers 31 112 176 99 6 Ayurvedic Hospitals 1 2 2 7 Ayurvedic Dispensaries 27 147 99 8 Rural Centers 3

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 72 | P a g e 9 Homeopathy Hospital 2 1

10 AvailableBeds 99

Source: District official website

189. As per the reports of Planning Department of Himachal Pradesh, Table -44 shows the status of various infrastructures in the state as on 31st March 2009.

Table-44: Rural Infrastructure in Himachal Pradesh at the end of 31st March 2009

Nos. Item Unit Position as on 31.3.2009 1 Road Length (Motorable) km. 30,302 2. Villages connected with Roads No 9,243 3 Bridges No 1,604 4 Primary Schools No 10,751 5. Middle Schools Nos. 2,338 6 High Schools Nos. 835 7 Senior Secondary Schools Nos. 223 8 Veterinary Hospitals Nos. 283 9. Veterinary Dispensaries Nos. 1,753 10. PHC/CHC/RH/SHCs Nos. 522 11. Health Sub-Centres Nos. 2,071 12. Civil Dispensaries Nos. 41 13 Ayurvedic Dispensaries Nos. 1,126 Source: Planning department, Himachal Pradesh (http://hpplanning.nic.in/)

4.3.14 Sites of Cultural, Archaeological and Historical Significance 190. Kinnaur district. There are several temples in Kinnaur district that date back to ancient times. The Chandika Temple at Kothi (also called Koshtampi) is an ancient temple dedicated to goddess Chandika, more especially designated as ShuwangChandika. The Mathi Temple at Chhitkul (3450m), which is the last and highest village in the Baspa valley, has three temples, the main one was said to have been constructed about five hundred years ago. There are couple of Buddhist monasteries at Kalpa including the Hu-Bu-Ian-Car Gompa, said to be founded it by Rinchensang-Po (950-1055AD). Kalpa is located close to the foot of 6050meter high Kinner Kailash, the legendary winter home of Shiva. KinnerKailash mountain is regarded as one of the mythical homes of Lord Shiva, where a 79 feet high rock formation resembles Sivalinga. This Sivalinga changes the colour as the day passes. Also visible on the stretch is the peak of Raldang(5499 m). At Chango(3058m), buddhism is generally practiced, but there are some local Hindu deities too namely Gyalbo, DablaandYulsa. In Lippa (2438m), there are three Buddhist temples dedicated to GaldangChhoikar, Dunguir and Kangyur. Apart from the Buddhist temples there is yet another old sanctuary dedicated to Tangtashu, a local deity. Other important sites in Kinnaur district are Moorang, Nichar, Nako, Namgya, Pooh, Chango Temples at Chango, Rakchham, Ribba, Maheshwar Temple at Sungra, RarangMonastery at Rarang, Durga Temple at Ropa, Charang Temple, Brelengi Gompa at Brelengi near Peo. 191. Chamba district. Chamba is the capital of a culturally rich ancient hill state. It has been endowed with numerous monuments of varying antiquity which include temples, palaces, stylish buildings of high aesthetic value and beautiful green spaces known as chowgan. The monuments like AkhandChandi Palace, along with Zenana Palace, Lakshmi Narayan Temple, Rang Mahal and above all the majestic chowgan are valuable historical and cultural assets.AkhandChandi and Zenana Mahal were built by Raja Umed Singh sometime between 1748 and 1764. LaxmiNarayan Temple, Bansigopal Temple, Sita Ram Temple, ChampavatiTemple, Hari Rai Temple, VajareshwariTemple, Chamunda Devi Temple, Suhi

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 73 | P a g e Mata Temple, Temples of Chauntra, KharuraandJansaliMohallas are the other historic and cultural important places of Chamba. There is also a fair organised every year from 15th of the Chait to the first of Baisakhi which is popularly known as Sui Mata ka Mela. 192. Bhuri Singh Power House is a hydel generation power house made by Mian Bhuri Singh, who became the Raja of Chamba in 1904. This was the first power house in the northern India. As such Chambatown had electricity even before Lahore. 193. Shimla district. The ancient Hatkoti Temples are within the project area. On the basis of the architectural design and style of sculpture it is believed that the Hatkoti temples belong to the Gupta period and must have been built between the 6th and 9th century A.D. At the heart of the Hatkoti valley stand the hills of Sunpuri, merging into each other, making it sacred for the localities to call it the Ardhnarishwar. Surmounting this hillock is a small temple with another finely chiseled image of Mahishasurmardini, made of stone. Small temples scattered nearby are said to have been built by the Pandavas. In the month of November, the Lavi Fair is organized here. Narkanda (2708 m) has an ancient temple of Hatu Mata as well as wonderful slopes for skiing. Beyond Rampur, a small village, Sarahan provides a spectacular view of Shrikhand Mahadev (5227 m) and hiking opportunities to the nearby villages such as Ranwin and Bashal Peak. The Bhimakali temple, dedicated to Goddess Durga, where as per legend, this is where goddess Shakti destroyed the mythical demon king, Bhasmasur. At Tattapani, 51 km from Shimla, there are hot sulfurous springs as well as Shiv Goofa at Saraur (4km). 194. Kullu district. Raghunathji Temple is dedicated to the chief deity of Kullu-Raghunath Ji. Dussehra festival is held in its name. The idol is same which was used by Lord Rama himself at the time of AshwameghYagya and was brought from Tretnath temple of Ayodhya. VaishnoDevi Temple, on the way to Manali 3 km. from Kullu has a small cave just like Vaishno Devi Temple. Bhakhali Temple, about 10 km far from Kullu, is the adobe of Jagannathimata, also called as Bhuweneshawari, sister of Lord Narayana. The temple is 1500 years old. Bijli Mahadev Temple (2435 m) on Mathan is 11 km from Kullu. Addi Brahma Temple (Khokhan) is 12 km from Kullu on a link road from Shamshi at 4 km distance from there. The temple of Aadi Brahma is in Pagoda style. Other important cultural and heritage sites of Kullu district are Bishweshwer Temple (Bajuara), Rama Temple (Manikaran), Gurudwara Shri Narayan Hari (Manikaran), Dhungri or Hadimba Temple, Manu Maharaj Temple (Manali-Village), Vashistha Rishi Temple (Manali), Rama Temple (Left Bank), Gauri Shankar Temple (Left Bank), Sandhya Devi Temple (Left Bank), Dashal Temple (Left Bank), Tripura Sundary Temple (Naggar), Guari Shankar Temple (Naggar), Murlidhar Temple (Thawa-Naggar), Vishnu Temples (Naggar), ShringaRishi Temple (Banjar), Parshuram Temple (Banjar), Ambika Temple (Banjar), Shrikhand Mahadev (Banjar), and Dhar Deo Dhank Cave (Nirmand).

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 74 | P a g e 5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ANDMITIGATION MEASURES

5.1 Environment Problems Associated with Project Location and Design 195. Potential adverse environment impacts associated with transmission lines have been avoided or minimised through careful route selection. The alignment is sited away from major settlements, whenever possible, to account for future urban expansion. Forests and vegetation areas have been avoided wherever possible; and flexible tower placement, tower design for placing conductor at height and selecting alignment that has hilltop- to-hilltop route shall be selected to minimise cutting of trees in the forest areas. Alignment in this project has avoided geologically unstable areas, which can also pose foundation related problems. Land acquisition is required for placing transmission towers on private land. However, any damage to the crops during the construction phase of the project will be compensated by HPPTCL as per its Policy. Associated impacts on agricultural land will be restricted to the construction phase and will be temporary in nature. After construction, agricultural land within the transmission corridors can be used again for farming purpose of crops less than 3 m in height.

5.2 Environmental Impacts Associated with Pre-ConstructionStage

5.2.1 Acquisition of Cultivable and Non cultivablelands 196. There may be some permanent loss of agricultural/horticultural productivity due to reduction in land availability due to acquisition of land for tower bases and substations which will have to be dealt with according to the Land Acquisition Act of the government. However, wherever only temporary loss of productivity happens, following measures will have to be taken prior to the projecta ctivities: • Avoid harvesting season wherever possible for the project activities, • Ensure existing irrigation facilities are maintained in working condition, • Protect /preserve topsoil and reinstate after construction iscompleted, • Repair /reinstate damaged bunds after construction is complete,and • Compensation for temporary loss in agricultural production.

5.2.2 Impacts on Temporary Use of Land 197. The mobilisation of construction equipment and construction materials will require space for storage and parking of construction vehicles and equipment, construction material storage yards, disposal sites, and labour camps for human resource to avoid environmental impact and public inconvenience. These locations must comply with the local laws and regulations and need approval from authorities to utilise these facilities (access roads, telecommunication, and pipe borne water supply). It is important that selection of temporary lands is at least 500 m away, depending on practicability as per local site conditions from highly populated areas, water bodies, natural flow paths, agricultural lands, important ecological habitats and residential areas. Removal of trees and green cover vegetation should be minimised during preparation of facilities.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 75 | P a g e 5.3 Environmental Problems Associated with Construction and OperationStage 198. The project activities during construction phase will involve clearing of trees along the route alignment wherever required, excavation for installation of towers, erection of towers, civil works related to transmission line and line stringing. For substations, it will involve excavation for building and equipment foundations, civil works and erection of equipment. During the operation phase, most of the construction phase impacts will get stabilized and the impacts will be restricted only to the operation and maintenance of the project. 199. The impacts on the environment from various activities of the project can be categorised asfollows: Impact on Physical Resources • Impact onTopography • Impact on Climate • Impact on Aesthetics of Landscape Impact on Environmental Resources • Impact on Air Quality • Impact on Noise Levels • Impact on surface Water Quality • Impact on ground Water Quality • Impact on Soils and Geology Impact on Ecological Resources • TerrestrialEcology • WildLife • AquaticEcology Impact on HumanEnvironment • Health andSafety • Agriculture • Socio-economics • Resettlement and Rehabilitation • Culturalsites • Traffic and Transport • Interference with other utilities and traffic Waste Disposal • Solid waste disposal • Liquid waste disposal.

200. The impacts of the project activities on various environmental attributes are discussed in subsequent sections.

5.3.1 Impact on PhysicalResources

5.3.1.1 Impact onTopography 201. During the construction of the transmission line and substation, the topography will change due to excavation and erection of tower, fill and cut for leveling the tower erection place.The most prominent impact on the surface topography will be due to the

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 76 | P a g e removing of the trees at the tower erection site if required, and along the Right-of-Way (RoW). This will lead to change in the surface features only. The impact will be irreversible as the present features along the RoWwill be changed due to presence of the transmission line. Table-45 provides the details of RoWfor different voltages as per handbook of Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, Forest (Conservation) Rules, 2003 (with amendments made in 2004). Table 45: Transmission Voltage (kV) Width of Right of Way (in Meters)

Transmission Voltage (kV) Width of Right of way (Meter) 11 kV 7 33 kV 15 66 kV 18 132 kV 27 220 kV 35 400 kV S/C* 52 400 kV D/C* 46 800 kV 85 * As amended as per F. No.*-44/2011-FC (Pt) circular dated 24 Jan 2012

202. No topographical changes are envisaged during the operation phase of the transmission line and the substation. The existing access routes will be utilized during the operation and maintenance of the transmission lines.

5.3.1.2 Impact onClimate 203. The project area consists of both cultivated and uncultivated lands which grow predominantly single season crops during the monsoons. There will be no large scale removal of trees/cultivation and therefore there will be no impact on the climate conditions from the proposed project both during the construction and operation phases. Since the number of trees likely to be felled are minimum and the compensatory afforestation shall be done by the Forest Department in double the area for which the case for forest diversion will be submitted as per the policy/Forest Conservation Act. Therefore, there will be minimal impact on forests – carbon sinks in the project area.

5.3.1.3 Impact on Aesthetics of Landscape 204. The transmission lines and substations do not look aesthetic with the scenic landscape of the area as thesecause visual pollution in tourist areas. Therefore, HPPTCL has undertaken extensive route surveys to ensure that the transmission lines do not disturb the area and decrease it tourist attraction by using newer techniques such as using monopole structures instead of lattice structures for transmission.

5.3.2 Impact on EnvironmentalResources

5.3.2.1 Impact on Air Quality 205. During the construction phase, the activity would involve excavation for the tower erection, movement of vehicles carrying the construction materials along the haul roads. At majority of tower locations, movement by vehicle is not possible from approach road to construction site and the material has to be head loaded. All these activities would give rise to emission of dust particles thereby affecting air quality marginally at the site. The impact will be transitory in nature and therefore is assessed as of low significance. Covering of

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 77 | P a g e stockpiles, minimising double handling and drop loads as well as sprinkling of water during excavation will reduce the dust emission to a great extent. 206. The construction of transmission line and the substation will not have any negative impact on the air quality of the region during the operation phase.

5.3.2.2 Impact on NoiseLevels 207. During the construction phase, the major sources of noise pollution are movement of vehicles carrying the construction material and equipment to the site. Most of the access roads along the alignment are motor able and project traffic would be negligible. The major work of the construction is expected to be carried out during the day time. Apart from vehicles bringing in materials to the nearest road, construction works for the transmission line will not require powered equipment. As such, noise emissions will be minor. As the predominant land use along most part of the alignment is agricultural/forest, there will be few residential areas exposed to noise generated during the construction phase and the noise produced during the construction period will have negligible impact on residents. 208. Following measures will help to keep noise and vibration in acceptable level during construction phase: • Contractor shall preferably limit working time for activities that create noise within normal day hours of the public except for construction site near public sensitive receptors. Construction related activities closer to sensitive receptors have to be scheduled in coordination with the relevant authorities andcommunity. • Noisy equipment such as generators should be sited away from residential areas. • Contractor and suppliers of construction materials should strictly implement noise control regulations stipulated by the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control Rules 2000) for all construction vehicles and equipment. • At substation sites, contractor shall equip their heavy construction equipment and plants with exhaust silencers to limit the engine noise so as not to exceed 75 dB (compacters/rollers, loaders and cranes) and regularly maintain all construction vehicles and machinery that should meet the CPCB’s Noise Standards. 209. During the operation phase of the project, there will be corona noise from the conductors which will be felt only up to 15 to 30 m area, hence the ambient noise level meets the CPCB standard for residential areas (55 dB(A) during daytime and 45 dB(A) during night time).

5.3.2.3 Impact on Surface WaterQuality 210. The construction and operation of the transmission lines will not have any major impact on the surface and ground water quality in the area. Contamination of water bodies may result due to construction of access road to the substation site, spilling of construction materials and surface runoff from the construction site joining the water body. There may be increase in the turbidity levels temporarily where the proposed alignment is crossing a watercourse and if the surface runoff during construction meets the river. This can be avoided by careful selection of the tower site and the temporary access roads so that the surface runoff does not meet the river.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 78 | P a g e 211. Proposed activities will create temporary impacts to the existing drainage system in the area including irrigation canals, natural flow paths and also earth and line drains. Thus, incorporation of following measures will minimise anticipated impact due to obstruction of natural flow paths and existing drainage: • Provisions of temporary drainage facilities and routing ponds to the particular locations if existing drains are obstructed due to construction activities. • Maintenance of all drainage paths by avoiding blockages at all times. • Contractor should minimise excavation of beds of any streams, irrigation systems, and other water resources available in the project area. • Stagnant water should be cleared by the contractor. 212. Care shall be taken to locate the temporary construction worker sheds away from the water bodies. Adequate drinking water facilities, sanitary facilities and drainage in the temporary sheds of construction workers should be provided to avoid the surface water pollution. Provision of adequate washing and toilet facilities should be made obligatory. This should from an integral component in the planning stage before commencement of construction activity by the contractor. Operation of transmission lines will not cause any release to the surface water bodies.

5.3.2.4 Impact on Hydrology and WaterResources 213. Water needs during construction of the Project would be limited to sanitary water and minimal amounts of water for construction (such as spraying for dust prevention). There would be a negligible impact on water resources. Operation of the lines would neither require any water nor pollute the water resources.

5.3.2.5 Impact on Ground WaterQuality 214. Ground water pollution can take place, if chemical substances and oily waste get leached by precipitation of water and percolate to the ground water table. For transmission line construction activity, no chemical substance or oil is used hence there is no impact on ground water quality. The silt discharge from the earth work around water bodies, oil, grease and fuel release from the construction vehicles/equipment and spoil from construction and other construction related activities such as raw sewerage from worker accommodation sites may mix with runoff water. This situation will accentuate during the rainy season and could have a significant impact on surface and ground water. Thus following measures will be required in order to prevent deterioration of water quality from the construction and construction related activities:

• All construction vehicles and equipment should be maintained in proper conditions without any leakages,

• Contractors shall use silt traps and erosion control measures where the construction is carried out in close proximity to the water bodies to avoid entering of cement particles, rock, rubbles and wastewater to the surrounding waterbodies,

Construction activities requiring digging should be preferably done in the dry season, and

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 79 | P a g e • Waste oil should be collected properly and disposed to the approved recyclers.

5.3.2.6 Impact on Soil andGeology 215. Project activities including excavation, cut and fill operations, removal of trees and green cover vegetation will enhance the soil erosion during the rainy season. Removal of trees and green cover vegetation will reduce infiltration rate of rainwater. The impact on soils will be due to the soil erosion at the tower construction sites along the access routes. The excavation activity and land clearance in the erosion prone areas have to be minimised while conducting the site selection for towers. Revetment and stabilization of tower construction sites will be done after completion of construction activity. Also increased acceleration of surface runoff will damage the topsoil. The impacts associated with excessive erosion and other civil works can be avoided or minimised by following mitigation measures:

• Maximum effort should be taken to minimise removal of trees and green cover vegetation. • Minimise obstruction or destruction to natural drainage pattern of the surrounding area. • Proper treatment of clearing and filling areas against flowacceleration. • Turfingworkshouldbetakenpriortorainyseasonaroundthesubstation. • Contractors shall follow proper muck disposal plan for cut and fill operation around sharp/deep slopeareas. • Piling activities will preferably be done in non-rainy season, as the piled materials will spread all over the area and contaminate close by water bodies. • Topsoil (2-3 cm from the top of the soil), which are removed during construction from the cultivated lands must be stored separately for future utilization of cultivated lands near tower leg locations.

5.3.3 Impact on Ecological Resources 216. Since substation is constructed in vacant government/private land and transmission line is routed from the unhabitated areas, there is no displacement of people or animals. It will away also not cause any disturbance to the life of people and local animals and birds movement. In transmission line construction, there is no dynamic equipment and moving machinery causing noise pollution, water and air pollution. There is no national park, wildlife sanctuary, bird sanctuary, wetland in the route alignment of the proposed transmission line. The ecological impacts are briefly described in the following sections.

5.3.3.1 Impact on TerrestrialEcology 217. There is no sensitive ecological area such as national park, wildlife sanctuary and bird sanctuary crossing the proposed TL route alignment. The removal of herbaceous vegetation from the soil and loosening of the top soil generally causes soil erosion. However, such impacts would be primarily confined to the project site during initial periods of the construction phase and would be minimised through adoption of mitigation measures

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 80 | P a g e like paving and surface treatment and water sprinkling.

218. The initial construction works along the alignment involving land clearance, cutting, filling, and leveling that may cause loss of vegetation. This will be an irreversible impact. Care has been taken to avoid the thick plantations/vegetation as far as possible and tower locations are selected mostly in plain cultivable fields where the vegetation is thin. This will minimise the tree loss. Compensation will be paid to tree owners in the private areas as per GoHP rules. Where the clearing of fields and forest area is unavoidable along the route alignment, the compensatory afforestation will be required for forest areas for which clearance will be obtained from the appropriate authority of the forest department; and for fruit and non-fruit trees in the fields, the amount for compensation for fields will be paid directly to the farmers.

Impact on Flora and Fauna 219. Some forest and fruit trees will need to be removed from the project area for the RoWafter getting prior permission from competent authorities of Forest Department (GoHP) and MoEF&CC/GoI. None of the declared environmentally sensitive areas is located within the route alignment. As per forest department records, none of the flora and fauna that are rare, endangered, endemic or threatened will be affected. Migratory paths of small mammals and reptiles may be affected due to construction activities. The route alignments and site selection have been done only after consulting the local forest authorities ensuring that route alignments do not interfere with known paths of migration of wildlife. 220. However noise, vibration and emission from construction vehicles, equipment will occur during construction and pre-construction stages in temporary manner, which may adversaly affect the fauna of the area. The impacts related to above activities are temporary and can be mitigated through following measures13.

• Strict attention on worker force regarding disturbance to surrounding habitats, flora and fauna including hunting of animals and fishing in waterbodies, • Selection of approved locations for material storage yards and labourcamps away from the environmental sensitive areas,and • Prevent entering of construction waste (cement particles, rock, rubbles and waste water) and sanitary waste to the surrounding waterbodies.

Impact on Forest & Trees 221. The project requires forest land & feeling of trees for the Transmission line sub-projects. Table-46 provides the details of forest land & trees to be impacted for subprojects and status of Forest Clearance from MoEF&CC.

13 The compliance to the above shall be responsibility on the contractor as per contract provisions. Any violations reported by the public shall be dealt as per provisions of thelaw.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 81 | P a g e Table-46: Details of Forest Land & Trees to be Impacted & Status of Forest Clearance

S. Details of Forest Land Details of Status of Forest Name of Sub-Project No. Impacted (hectare) Forest Trees Clearaance to be Felled 1 66kV GIS Switching station at Nil Nil NA Urni 66kV DC Line from Urni SS to Forest Clerance (FC) 2 20.4362 71 Wangtoo SS obtained (Copy of FC is given in Appendix VIII) 3 33/220/400kV GIS Lahal Nil Nil NA Substation 220 kV Line from Lahal SS Forest Cleranceobtained 4 3.1715 55 to Budhil HEP (Copy of FC is given in Appendix VIII) 220kV DC Line from Sunda to Forest Cleranceobtained 5 20.4857 81 Hatkoti (Copy of FC is given in Appendix VIII) 6 132/220kV Pooling Station at Nil Nil NA Sunda LILO of 132kV Kangra- Forest Cleranceobtained 7 22.8005 109 Dehra Line at Chambi (Copy of FC is given in Appendix VIII) 220kV Line from Charor Forest Cleranceobtained 8 36.7296 221 to 400kV Banala Sub (Copy of FC is given in Station Appendix VIII) 9 132/220kV GIS Substation at Nil Nil NA Charor

Impact on Wild Life 222. The primary project area - route alignments and site selection have been done in consultation with the forest authorities ensuring that route alignments do not interfere with known paths of migration of wildlife. There will be no impact on any secondary area as the route alignments are planned that they cross only un-habitated areas – both human and wildlife area. The subprojects are located at least a minimum of 5-10 km aerial distance away from any wildlife sanctuary and national parks as provided in table-29. The transmission lines are also traversing at a sufficient distance from any reserved forest area and will not negatively impact the flora and fauna of the area.

5.3.3.2 Impact on AquaticEcology 223. The proposed transmission lines would cross over the rivers and small streams which are usually perennial in nature. No significant impacts on aquatic ecology of the river are envisaged, as there will be careful selection of the construction time and tower sites near the river, to avoid river pollution and disturbance to the aquatic flora & fauna of the area.

5.3.4 Impact on Ecological Resources due to Change in Scope ofSub-Projects: (i) 66kV DC Line from Urni SS to WangtooSS: 224. There will be no additional impact on forest land & trees due to change in the sub- project. However, in initial survey total 184 trees (Cutting-164 & Lopping-20) were impacted, now after detailed survey, only 152 trees will be impacted. Out of 152 forest trees, total 71 trees are to be felled and 81 are to be lopped. IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 82 | P a g e (ii) 220kV DC Line from Sunda to Hatkoti: 225. Forest land requirement has been increased due to re-routing of Transmission Line. Earlier 20.4857 ha forest land proposed for diversion, now 22.9585 ha forest land required diversion after re-routing of transmission line (TL). For additional forest land diversion, forest clearance application is under progress. In the initial survey total 105 forest trees (Cutting 40 & Lopping- 65) were impacted. However after detailed survey, during forest clearance application, 117 number of forest trees were identified for felling. Due to re-routing of TL impact on forest trees have been reduced as number of trees required to be cut has been decreased to 81 number of forest trees in comparison to 117 number of forest trees. (iii) 220kV Line from Charor to 400kV Banala SubStation:

226. There will be no additional impact on forest land & trees due to change in the sub- project. However in initial survey total 1900 trees (Cutting-1120 & Lopping-780) were impacted, now after detailed survey, only 373 trees will be impacted. Out of 373 forest trees, total 221 trees are required to be felled and 152 are to be lopped.

227. There is no additional impact on wildlife due to change in scope of sub-projects, as none of the revised TL route length is passing through the protected areas notified under Wildlife Protection Act.

5.3.5 Impact on Human Environment Health andSafety 228. Health and safety impacts will be in terms of risk of accidents and exposure to electromagnetic fields along the alignment. The accidents may be caused due to electrocution, lightening, fires and explosions. To avoid this, the houses will be allowed within the RoWof the project, only if the stipulated safety clearance is met with. Necessary training regarding safety aspects to the personnel working at the transmission line will be provided by the contractor. Personal protective equipment like safety gloves, helmet, mufflers etcwill be provided during construction period and during the maintenance work. First aid facilities will be made available with the labour gangs and doctors called in from nearby towns when necessary. 229. Project activities may create accidental damage to general public and the construction workers. Therefore, contractors should take necessary action to enhance personal safety during construction through followingmeasures: • Organise awareness programs relevant to personal safety of the workers and general public in thearea. • Installation of warning signs to particular locationssuch as transverse points of local road network by transmissionlines. • Provide protective safety belts, footwear, helmets, goggles, eye-shields and clothes to workers depending on theirduty. • Arrangement of proper first aid unit and transport facilities to take injured people to the hospitals. • Workers should be covered by the statutory Workmen Compensation as per GoI laws by the contractor. IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 83 | P a g e Agriculture 230. Permanent and temporary loss of agricultural land occurs due totower location in the agricultural field and loss of crop for access routes. As per standard HP policy, land will be acquired for each tower erection, besides private land required for substations. As far as possible, the prime agricultural land will be avoided and the construction will be done after crop harvesting. HPPTCL has formulated a comprehensive Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation (RRRC) Policy to address the issue. Socio-Economics 231. Construction of transmission line will generate local employment, as number of unskilled labours (men/women) will be required at the time of construction activities. Local employment during this period will increase socio-economic standards of the residents of the projectarea. Temporary Outage of the Electricity 232. Temporary disconnection of power supply will occur during the construction activities. Thus, general public and the commercial / industrial places, which are located in project- affected area, will face inconvenience for short periods of time. Thus, following measures will have to betaken:

• Advance notice to the public about the time and the duration of the utility disruption,and • Restore the utilities immediately to overcome public inconvenience. Resettlement and Rehabilitation 233. For the construction of transmission line and seven substations, purchase of private land is required. The detail of resettlement and rehabilitation involved in the project are given in Resettlement Planning document prepared separately for Tranche2. Cultural sites 234. There are no important archaeological, historical or cultural sites along the route alignment; hence no impact on these sites is envisaged. In the case of discovery of archaeological features during excavation/construction works, GoI’sregulations shall apply and will be observed bycontractors. Traffic and Transport 235. During the construction phase, traffic disturbance needs to be minimised by avoiding high- density areas, using proper traffic signs, ensuring proper access roads and avoiding roadblockage. Impact on Local Road Network 236. Transformers, tower material, substation equipment, iron bars, concrete materials, piling equipment, will be transported through the provincial and local road network to the project site. Transporting of large quantities of materials using heavy vehicles could exceed the carrying capacity of the road. This would lead to physical damages to local road network. Also, contractor should properly maintain all road sections, which will be utilized for the construction relatedactivities. IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 84 | P a g e 237. The access road to the substation land from the nearest road head will be constructed. For transmission line, no road is likely to be constructed and existing village roads, footpaths have to be used as no movement of mechanized machinery will be done. The tower line material will be transported up to the nearest road head andthereby taken to tower site manually. The local community cannot encroach along the transmission line routes, as encroachment of any forestland is punishable by law. Interference with Other Utilities and Traffic 238. A standing committee - Power Telecom Co-ordination Committee (P.T.C.C.) has been constituted by Government of India to plan and implement the mitigating measures for the induced voltage, which may occur nearby telecom circuits and suggest necessary protection measures to be adopted. The committee suggests measures like rerouting of the telecom circuits, conversion of overhead telecom circuits into cables etc. to minimize the interference. It is mandatory for HPPTCL to seek clearance prior to construction from telecom authorities and wherever necessary from aviation authorities that are likely to be affected by the construction of transmission lines. The exact cost to mitigate the impacts of induction in neighboring telecom circuits would vary from case to case. In general, the system is planned and executed in such a way that adequate clearance is maintained between transmission lines on the one hand, and railways, civil aviation and defense installations on the other. Wherever the transmission lines passes near the airport, the towers beyond specified height are painted in alternate orange and white stripes for easy visibility and warning lights are placed on the top of these towers.

5.3.6 Waste Disposal Solid WasteDisposal 239. The solid waste generation at the location of the tower erection site will mostly include metal scraps and wooden packing material. Waste will be minimisedand recycled wherever possible. Final waste will be collected and disposed off in compliance with applicable GoI/GoHPregulations and rules by the contractor. Sanitary Waste Disposal at Construction Sites and Labour Camps 240. The labour camps at the site of tower erection will be temporary in nature and the human excreta will not be significant to cause contamination of ground water. Those places where most labourwill be staying will be near hamlets which shall use the community services for solid waste, water and sanitation. Adequate drinking water facilities, sanitary facilities and drainage in the temporary sheds of the construction workers should be provided to avoid the surface water pollution. This should form an integral component in the planning stage before commencement of construction activity. 241. There should be proper solid waste disposal procedure to enhance sanitation of workers who stay in camps. Thus, possibilities of infecting water borne diseases or vector borne diseases (parasitic infections) will be eliminated by adopting proper solid waste disposal procedure. Unacceptable solid waste disposal practices such as open dumping of solid waste and poor sanitation facilities will lead to pollution of surrounding environment, contamination of water bodies and increase adverse impact to the aquatic; terrestrial lives and general public inhabited in the area. Surroundings of labour camps, garbage disposal sites and material storage yards provide favorable habitats for vectors of diseases

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 85 | P a g e such as mosquitoes, rats and flies. 242. Thus following measures are needed to protect and enhance the quality of environment during the construction stage: • A better way to overcome garbage disposal as mentioned above is by reducing or avoiding the construction of labour camps, thus the selection of majority of skilled and unskilled workers from the project influence area will be a proper measure in this regard. • Provision of the solid waste disposal, sanitation and sewage facilities at all substation sites for the construction/labour camps to avoid or minimise health hazards and environmental pollution. • Contractor should handle and manage waste generated from the construction/labour camps without contamination to natural environment and it will reduce risk to general public who stay close to sites. Also, contractor should be responsible to enhance the quality of environment. • Adequate supply of water should be provided to the urinals, toilets and wash rooms of the workers’ accommodation at substation sites. • Contractor should provide garbage bins to all workers’ accommodationandconstruction sites, for dumping wastes regularly in a hygienic manner with the help of Public Health Inspector (PHI) in the area.

Liquid Waste Disposal 243. There will be no oil or chemical waste generated during the construction of transmission line, hence no mitigation is required. For substations, the transformer oil is the main constituent of the liquid stored. The transformer oil shall be stored as per IS - 1866/200014and IEC-60422/199815codes- and any waste oil shall disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling, Trans- boundary Movement) Rules 2009 and any waste oil removed from transformer will be sold to government approved recycler and will not be disposed off in the ground or any rivulet /stream as per EMP. Disposal of Debris 244. As a result of construction related activities, spoil and debris will be generated during the construction stage. Improper disposal of the debris will have an impact on the surrounding ecology, public health and scenic beauty. Following measures will minimise the impacts associated with disposal of debris:

• Spoil materials (soil, sand, rock) generated from construction activities shall be used wherever possible for site levelling and back-filling. Dismentledand demolished structural materials, if any, should not be dumped in agricultural lands. • Preparation of a Muck Disposal Management Plan, if required, for the sub- project and selection of the disposal site by excluding locations, which are closer to residential, commercial and public sensitive areas, is necessary by the contractor.

14 Code of Practice for Electrical Maintenance and supervision of Mineral Insulating oil inEquipment 15 Supervision and maintenance guide for mineral insulating oils in electricalequipment

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 86 | P a g e Prior approval should be obtained for such dumping grounds / land fill sites from relevant local authorities. • Dumped materials will interfere with the drainage pattern of the area, any water bodies, agricultural lands, marshlands and down slope or any environmental sensitive areas if not planned properly. The material has to be dumped at sites marked by the concerned authorities such as Forest, Roads, or Panchayats (local community) by the contractor as per contract provisions. 245. During operation phase, corridor along the alignment will be chopped of vegetation and lopping of trees will be done for maintenance purpose. This will also reduce the chances of fires due to electrics parks.

5.4 Environmental Impacts Associated with Operations and Maintenance Stage

5.4.1 ElectricShock 246. This may lead to death or injury to the workers and public in the area. This can be minimised or avoidedby:

• Security fences around substation. • Establishment of warning signs. • Careful design using appropriate technologies to minimize hazards.

5.4.2 NoiseGeneration 247. During the operation phase of the project, there may be corona noise from the conductors which will be felt only up to 15 to 30 m area, hence the ambient noise level will meet the CPCB standard for residential areas (55 dB(A) during daytime and 45 dB(A) during nighttime.

5.4.3 Maintenance of Transmission line andSubstation 248. Possible exposure to electromagnetic interference could occur during these activities. Design of transmission line should comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference from overhead powerlines.

5.4.4 OilSpillage 249. Contamination of water on land/nearby water bodies by the transformer oil can occur during operation due to leakage or accident. Substation transformers are normally located within secure and impervious areas with a storage capacity of 100% spare oil. Also proper drainage facilities will be constructed during the construction stage to avoid overflow or contamination with natural flow paths especially during the rainy season. HPPTCL will maintain account of the usage of oil, using technical methods and procedures for oil monitoring mechanism, and will have mitigation plan for any oil spillage.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 87 | P a g e 5.4.5 Sulphur Hexa fluoride (SF6) Leakage 250. SF6 is a non-toxic greenhouse gas used as a dielectric in circuit breakers, switch gear, and other electrical equipment. Very highgrade sealing system and erection methodology is followed to keep the loss of SF6 within 0.1% every year. SF6 handling is part of each contract technical specifications, and required design and routine test are done after manufacturing of the circuit breaker and gas insulated switchgear. SF6 gas handling system for evacuation and storage is always used for the maintenance of the circuit breaker and gas insulated switchgear. SF6 gas leakage records will be maintained in each substation. This allows tracking of any release of SF6 gas to the atmosphere.

5.5 Environmental Management Plan 251. Based on the environmental assessment of the project activities, an Environment Management Plan (EMP) has been developed for the project to mitigate any adverse environmental impacts. The EMP discusses anticipated impacts and mitigation measures and monitoring requirements and responsible authorities to implement the EMP with respect to the following stages: (i) pre-construction, (ii) construction, and (iii) operation and maintenance. Detailed, site-specific mitigation measures and monitoring plans were developed and will be implemented during the project implementation phase. 252. The EMP table for the project is provided in Appendix-VI, which identifies feasible and cost- effective measures to be taken to reduce potential significant, adverse, impacts to acceptable levels. Here, proper mitigation measures are proposed for each potential impact, including details on responsible parties for implementation of mitigation measures and supervision. A summary environmental impact matrix and the mitigation measures are given in Table-47.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 88 | P a g e Table-47: Summary Environmental Impact Matrix and the Mitigation Measures

Environmental Nature of Magnitude of Impacts Implementation and Sl. N. Potential Impacts Mitigation Measures Impact Attribute Low Medium High Monitoring A. Physical Resources 1. Topography Change in the surface featuresand Direct/Local/ X The surface soil will be restored to normal slope after tower During construction present aesthetics due to the irreversible erection. If there is any excess soil, it shall be disposed off activity construction of the project. at suitable location. Any loss of vegetation will be attended by HPPTCL as per existing GoHP norms Within the substation, the excess soil will be disposed offin consultation as per EMP. The compensatory afforestation of equivalent area of forestland in RoW will be undertaken by the Forest Department to compensate for the loss on HPPTCL expenses to minimisethe impact of loss of vegetation as per existing norms under the Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 & its subsequent amendments

2. Climate No impact on theclimaticconditions Direct/Local/ X No impact on the climatic conditions, hence no mitigation is irreversible required. Monitoring of SF6 gasfrom Direct/Local/ X Proper record of all SF6 leakages in substations kept for During construction and operation Electrical Substations irreversible record.

B. EnvironmentalResources 1. AirQuality Project will have marginal impact on Direct/ X Water sprinkling at construction site, limited bare soils, During construction air quality during theconstruction Local/ maintenance ofvehicles. activity period due to increase in the dust reversible emission. 2. Noise Noise due to general construction Direct/Local/ X Restriction of noise generating activities at night and use of During construction activities. reversible personal protective equipment like ear plugs, mufflers. activity

Noise arising from corona noise Direct/Local/ X Monitoring of possible corona noise to identify and correct During operational fromconductors reversible problems. phase

3. Surface and Runoff from the construction site Direct/Local/ X Careful sitting of towers, and access roads. Before and during Ground Water reversible construction activity quality Domestic wastewater from Direct/Local/ X For transmission line, domestic wastewater treatment may During construction constructionsites reversible be done by digging small ditches for waste water andthen andoperation covering it with top soil once the construction team moves to next location. For substation site, the contractor shall provide soak pits for construction workers at the site.

4. Soil and Geology Soil erosion due to tower erection Direct/Local/ X Avoiding sites, which are prone to soil erosion. Leveling of tower During and after and clearing of vegetation in the reversible construction sites. Use of few access roads. Rehabilitation and construction RoW and access roads. stabilization of disturbed land at thesubstations. activity

Damage due to seismic activity Direct/regional/ X Site selection and proper tower foundation design considering Before the reversible the geological conditions and seismicity of thearea. construction activity.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 89 | P a g e

Magnitude ofImpacts Environmental Nature of Implementation and Sl. N. Potential Impacts Mitigation measures Attribute Impact Low Medium High Monitoring C. Ecological Resources

1. Terrestrial Loss of vegetation Direct/Local/ X Location of towers on non-cultivable land area. Selectionof Before the construction Ecology irreversible few access roads. Compensation for crop and trees to Phase villagers. The tree planting for forest land diverted to non- forest and trees felled will be done by the forest department and paid byHPPTCL 2. TerrestrialFauna Disturbance to the local fauna Direct/Local/ X Wildlife routes and their habitats have been avoided as faras Before and during during construction reversible possible during the route selection. Minimise encroachments, construction phase and indirect impacts. Avifauna Disturbance to the localfauna Direct/Local/ X Monitoring of transmission line especially for bird strikes During operation duringoperation reversible during the operation and use of deflectors ifrequired. phase 3. Aquatic Ecology No significant impacts Direct/Local/ X Disposal of construction waste and other waste to avoid Before and during envisaged reversible polluting the river and streams construction phase

D. HumanEnvironment 1 Health and Fires, explosion and other Direct/Local X Use of personal protective equipment during During construction Safety accidents at the route alignment construction. By lopping and chopping of trees fire hazards and operation phase of transmission line. will be minimised during maintenance period. Regular inspection of lines for faults prone to accidents. Exposure to electromagnetic Direct/Local/ X Alignment route away from the settlement. No houses inthe Before and after the Fields continuous immediate vicinity will be allowed in the RoW of the construction phase. alignment. No further mitigation required. 2. Agriculture Permanent and temporary loss Direct/Local/ X Avoid prime agriculture land. Assessment of land requiredand Before and during of agriculture land due to tower reversible compensation. Construction activity after crop harvesting and construction phase. erection and due to access selection of few access routes. routes.

3. Socio-economics Beneficial impacts job Direct/regional X Unskilled labour and indirect benefits. Overall economic During operational opportunities duringconstruction growth of theregion. phase Phase 4. Resettlement Resettlement of any house Direct/Local/ X Route alignment is selected in such a way that there isno Before the construction falling along the RoW. reversible resettlement issue. phase.

5. Cultural sites No archaeological, historical or Direct/Local/ X No archaeological, historical or cultural important sitesare -- cultural important sites are reversible affected. affected by the construction of the lines. 6. Trafficand Traffic congestion due to Direct/Local/ X Propertrafficsignsattheconstructionsite,ensuringavailability During construction Transportation movement of construction reversible and maintenance of proper access roads phase vehicles 7. SolidWaste Probability of Surface and indirect/Local/ X Minimisation, reuse and recycle whenever possible.Final During operation Generation ground water pollution reversible wastes to be collected and disposed off in compliance with phase applicable regulations and rules

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 90 | P a g e 6 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

6.1 HPPTCL’s Approach for Route Selection 256. As per its Environment and Social Safeguards Policy (ESSP), May,2011, HPPTCL shall adopt a proactive route alignment approach. Preliminary route selection for transmission lines shall be done by HPPTCL based on walk over surveys, usage of tools such as the forest atlas, revenue papers and 1:50,000 topographical maps of the area from Survey of India. It shall strive to move towards using modern tools like Geographical Information System (GIS)/Global Positioning System (GPS) for a precision in route alignment with the larger picture in view while finalizing the route.

• During route alignment, all possible efforts shall be made to avoid forest areas or to keep it to the barest minimum. Whenever it becomes unavoidable due to the geography of the terrain or heavy cost involved in avoiding it, different alternative options shall be considered to minimize the requirement of forest area. The selected route shall be easily accessible in dry, rainy and winter (snow) seasons for maintenance purposes. • At the planning stage itself, one of the factors that govern the establishment of the transmission line is the infringement of populated/forest/cultivated area and scarce land. Wherever such infringements are substantial, different alternative options are to be considered.

6.2 Methodology for Selection of Route: Environmental and Social view 257. Route selection among alternatives considers environmental parameters, availability of logistics support during construction, operation and maintenance of transmission lines and specific geographical condition to construct the lines along most feasible routes that were identified are based on the relevant topographic maps and walkover surveys. 258. For selection of the optimum route/site, the following points are taken into consideration by HPPTCL as per its ESSP May 2011:

• The transmission l ineavoids environmentally sensitive areas, eco sensitive zones, forests, sanctuaries national parks, biosphere reserves. • The transmission line route impacts minimally on natural resources to accomplish this, route selection of transmission line is undertaken in close consultation with representation of the state Forest, Environment, and Revenue Departments. Site- specific alterations are made to avoid environmentally sensitive areas and settlements at execution stage. • The proposed transmission line bypasses human habitationby a safe distance. • No monuments of cultural, archaeological or historical significance are affected. • The proposed transmission line does not adversely impact any local community assets such as playground, hospitals, schools, places of worship etc. • The proposed route of transmission line does not create any threat to the survival of any community with special reference to tribal community. • Avoidance of mining protected and reserved forest, archaeological and other

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 91 | P a g e sensitive areas unstable ground feature, marshy low lying areas, river beds and earth slip zones. • Minimizing number of crossing of major rivers/railway lines, national and state highways, overhead EHV power line, number of towers and communication lines. • Routing is kept away from large habitations, densely populated areas, animal / bird sanctuaries, and utility pipelines to the extent possible and avoid areas reserved for planned and future development. • Restricted areas such as civil and military installations and airfields have been avoided. • To minimize adverse impacts on natural habitats, human habitations efforts will be made to locate majority of substations/towers on barren, waste, or fallow agricultural lands. 259. In addition, HPPTCL shall follow the principle of avoidance by avoiding the forestland unless it is inescapable and in such instances, it shall obtain prior clearance from competent authorities. It shall abide by the relevant guidelines of State and Central government, including the directions of the Hournable Supreme Court of India from time to time.

6.3 Alternatives for Subproject Components

6.3.1 TransmissionLines 260. In order to achieve this, HPPTCL has undertaken route selection for transmission lines in close consultation with representatives from Land Acquisition, Departments of Forest, Department of Wildlife Conservation and the local community. Although under the National law, HPPTCL has the right ofway, yet it considers alternative alignments during site selection, with minor alterations to avoid environmentally sensitive areas and settlements at the implementation stage. As per ESSP May 2011, HPPTCL shall follow the following guidelines: • Minimum of three alternative routes shall be studied in detail using a set of techno- economical, environmental, ecological and social impact parameters to arrive at the most optimally suitable alignment that is technically feasible, economically viable, socially justified and environmentallysafe. • A maximum width of Right of Way (RoW) for transmission lines on forestland and minimum clearances between conductors (depending on specific voltage) and trees to be adhered in routeselection. • HPPTCL has attempted at reducing the number of trees affected and width of the Right ofWay • (RoW) etc. through adoption of appropriate technological option like construction of narrow base towers, towers with extension, compact towers, multi-circuits, and monopole towers and/or innovating upon standard procedures. Specially designed high towers shall be used for reducing impact on trees, orchards wildlife and crossing wetlands,riverbeds. • HPPTCL shall explore possibility of adopting a variable width RoW,wherever

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 92 | P a g e feasible, so as to minimize land requirement especially cutting of trees and removal of othervegetation. • Tower sites shall preferably, as far as technically feasible and permitted by the safety parameters mandatory under Indian Electricity Act Rules 77 and 80 regarding clearances from ground and buildings respectively. The towers may be located on mountain ridges to save trees in the RoW below the conductors on the valley side between two successivetowers. • All efforts to minimize the involvement of trees falling in RoWshall be made. HPPTCL shall minimize number of trees required to be felled even if their cost has been paid. Pruning of trees will be done wherever required instead of heavy lopping orfelling. • To minimize damage to the environment HPPTCL shall use manual stringing in thick forest and on slopes whereverpossible. • Transmission line design shall comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference from overhead powerlines. • Visible pathways along the transmission line alignment shall be maintained for patrolling and maintenancepurposes. • For aviation safety, in addition to putting visible signs along the conductors and on the towers, the route alignment would be shared with the nearest airport or nearest office of the AirportsAuthority. • In addition, care is also taken to avoid/minimiseprotected parks/forests, bird sanctuaries and any other forest area rich in wildlife.

6.3.2 GIS Substations 261. For selection of appropriate site for substation, the following points are taken into consideration: • Site selection should consider seismicity and geography of the local area; the area should not be prone to landslide or be unstable. • Construction activities do not adversely affect the population living near the proposed substations and does not create any threat to the survival of any community with special reference to tribal community etc. • The location of substation does not affect any monument of cultural or historical importance. • No resettlement of households by the substation site, no loss of livelihoods, siting of transformers away from schools, hospitals and other sensitive receptors, with due consultation with the community and local government units concerned. • Transformers and other equipment specifications compliant with GoIrules/regulations & International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) standards shall be followed. • Construction techniques and machinery selection shall be made with a view to minimize ground disturbance. • While planning for substations, drainage lines shall also be marked and studied to avoid seepage/leakages and pollution of water sources and springs etc.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 93 | P a g e • Substation location/design to ensure that noise will not be a nuisance to neighboring properties. Provision of noise barriers near substation sites will be made. • Substation design will comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference within floor area. Security fences will be erected around substations. Warning signs shall be displayed. • HPPTCL shall adopt good practices and shall always strive for a high standard of house- keeping for its substations and ancillary facilities. • HPPTCL shall incorporate the best technical practices to deal with environmental issues in its working. • Design of substations shall be made so as to include modern fire control systems/firewalls. • Provision of firefighting equipment would be made to be located close to transformers, switchgears etc. 262. Keeping above in mind, various alignments of each transmission lines were considered. All alternatives were studied by the HPPTCL officials before being proposed to ADB for funding to arrive at most optimum route which can be taken up for detailed survey and assessment of environmental and social impacts. Appendix 2 provides the alternative analysis for the GIS substations and Appendix 3 gives an illustrative evaluation analysis of the alternative transmission line alignments for the proposed subprojects. Table-48 below gives the summary of the final evaluation of each substation site / transmission line alignment selection. Table-48: Summary of final alternative taken for sub-project consideration

S. Name of Alternate Chosen Reason No. Sub-Project 66kV GIS Switching Site A: HPPTCL Land 3750 Barren in nature, Lesser number of trees 1 station at Urni sqm near Urni Village to be felled and away from population.

66kV DC Line from Urni Route A line length 13.382 Least number of trees to be felled as 2 SS to Wangtoo SS km, which has been revised compared to other routes and least forest to 13.538 km# and further land involvement. revised to 13.659 km# 33/220/400kV GIS Lahal Site A: Approx. 38,645 sqm Away from protected/reserve forest area. 3 Substation HPPTCL land. No forest tree involved and lies on shortest transmission line alignment 220 kV Line from Lahal Forest reserve areas avoided. 4 SS to Budhil HEP Route A line length 1.895 km Interference with the houses/buildings is the least. Route A line Length 22.693 Avoids houses and orchards in the RoW; 220kV DC Line from km, which has been revised and avoids the archeologically significant 5 Sunda to Hatkoti to 25.125 km after area. No reserve forest areas. rerouting## Interference with the houses/buildings is the least. 132/220kV Pooling Station Site C: Site near Pabbar No reserve forest areas. Optimal 6 at Sunda river in Chirgaon village,land distance from the IPP’s hence will size 17,525 sqm. Private reduce the mesh of transmission

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 94 | P a g e S. Name of Alternate Chosen Reason No. Sub-Project land lines. LILO of 132kV Kangra- Route C line length15.038 Shortest Length, Less tree cutting and 7 Dehra Line at Chambi km away from the habitation Route A line length 18.6 km, 220kV Line from Charor to Less tree cutting and away from the 8 which has been revised to 400kV Banala Sub Station habitation 17.575 km### Single owner and lesser number of trees to be felled and away from the habitation. 132/220kV GIS Substation Site A: Private land area- 9 Forest reserve areas avoided. at Charor 11360 sqm Interference with the houses/buildings is a very low.

263. # Changes in Urni - WangtoTransmission Line: Route A was finalized for Urni - Wangtoo Transmission Line. During detailed survey three numbers of transmission towers (T35A, T35B, and T35C) have been increased to maintain the required ground clearances, resulting increase in length of transmission line from 13.382 km to 13.538km (an increase of 156 meters). The details of additional three towers have been covered in updated ADB- approved IEE report, May 2018. Further, there is no change in alignment of transmission line, only length is increasedfrom 13.538 Km to 13.659 Km (an increase of 121 meters) covering two additional towers of 10A and 39Adue to crossing of 400kV transmission line en-route 66kV Urni-Wangtoo line. All five additional towers (10A, 35A, 35B, 35C, and 39A) are in the forest section and have been accommodated in the existing Right of Way (RoW) without any change in the alignment of transmission line, for which forest clearance has already been obtained. 264. ## Re-routing of Sunda – Hatkoti Transmission Line: Initially Route A was finalized for Sunda – Hatkoti Transmission Line and construction activities have been started after obtaining Forest Clearance from MoEF&CC. In the meantime public has raised certain issues as Line was passing through RohruTown and there was hindrance on helicopter landing on Indira Gandhi Stadium. Therefore, detailed survey for re-routing line from T-33 to T-52 and T-63 to T-69 has been done. Table-49 provides the details of changes in the subproject due to re-routing of Line. Therefore, TL alignment has been changed and length increased from 22.695 km to 25.125km. 265. ### Changes in Charor - Banala Transmission Line: Route A was finalized for Charor - Banala Transmission Line. There is no change in alignment of transmission line, only length is decreased from 18.6 km to 17.575 km due to elimination of one Tower No.62.

Table-49: Details of Changes in the Subproject (220kV DC Line from Sunda to Hatkoti) due to re-routing of Line

S. No. Description Approved Route Revised Route Remarks 1 Length (km) 22.693 25.125 2.432 km length increased 2 Area (ha) Forest area increased. Forest Clearance i) Forest 20.4857 22.9585 of revised route is in process. IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 95 | P a g e ii) Private 58.9398 64.8518 Area requirement increased.

3 No. of Forest Tree

Number of trees to be cut has been Cutting 117 81 reduced Number of trees coming within RoW (not Non-cutting 13 40 to be cut) has been increased

4 No. of Fruit Tree

Cutting 56 104 Number of fruit trees to be cut has been increased Number of fruit trees coming within RoW Non-cutting 88 132 (not to be cut) has been increased 5 No. of Tower 65 69 Number of towers have been increased

6.3.3 Reasons for the FinalSelection

266. Considering the reasons listed above, the proposed substation sites were deemed the best suitable. The alternatives for each substation site were studied by the HPPTCL officials before being proposed to ADB for funding to arrive at most optimum site. These are all Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) Stations and all equipment except transformers and reactors if any, shall be housed in GIS buildings. The clearance as earlier shall be mentioned as per Indian Electricity Act (Rules 77 and 80) are being met. HPPTCL is in the process of collecting additional information and has taken up substation sites for detailed survey. These selected options mostly involve no population at the site, lesser cultivated area and minimum acquisition problems and therefore selected for detailed survey as final sites.

267. Considering the selection criteria listed earlier, three transmission line alignments for each subproject were considered. As such these three alternatives were studied by the HPPTCL officials before being proposed to ADB for funding to arrive at most optimum route which will be taken up for detailed survey and assessment of environmental and social impacts. The proposed routes were deemed the best suitable as these involved lesser populated areas, uncultivated areas and minimum RoW problems, hence selected for detailed surveys. These line routes have been selected with least impacts on forests, trees cultivable land and habitation. Wherever possible, the alignments have been proposed either on hilltop-to-hilltop routes or towers with extra heights to reduce the impacts on land underneath while maintaining the mandatory clearance as per Indian Electricity Act (Rules 77 and 80). The proposed alignments pose minimum disturbance to any reserve forests or any sanctuary and national parks in the state.

6.4 Distance from Sensitive Receptors 268. Distance from various receptors is given in Table-50 below:

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 96 | P a g e Table-50: Approximate distance of Tranche-2 subprojects from sensitive receptors

Primary Population/ Metal S Name of Primary Secondary Temple Clinic Main Inhabitant (in access No. Subproject School School (PHC) Hospital pockets) path to the Site COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects 1.8 km 7 km at 200 m,1200 1 km from S1 66kV GIS Switching 1 km 2 km from 1.9 km Bhabha persons (238 National station at Urni Urnivillage nagar households) Highway temple 66kV DC Line from 800 m 800 m 500 m 200 m(500 1 km from T1 Urni SS to Wangtoo From 2 km from 700 m Tapri Zanakpuri, 1500 National SS Zanakpuri Chaugaon Chaugaon (JP Chaugaon) Highway Site /1.8 km village) from 2 km Urnivillage temple COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects 200 m (800 100 m from S2 33/220/400kV GIS 100 m 10 km 10 km 10 km 65 km scattered Chamba - Lahal Substation Bharmor Bharmor Bharmor Chamba households ) Bharmor Road 220 kV Line from 200 m (800 100 m from T2 Lahal SS to Budhil 200m 10 km 10 km 10 km 65 km scattered Chamba - HEP Bharmor Bharmor Bharmor Chamba households ) Bharmor Road COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects T3 220kV DC Line from 300 m 300 m Sari 350 Sari 350 1 km 300 m (70 I km Sunda to Hatkoti Sari Chidgaon Rohru persons-Sari) Chidgaon

S3 132/220kV Pooling 400m 1.5km 350Sunda 1 km 18km 1 km Sunda 500m Rohru– Station at Sunda Chidgaon Sunda Chidgaon Rohru (3000 persons) Sunda road

COMPONENT IV. Chambi PIU (Kangra District) subprojects

LILO of 132kV 50 m from T4 Kangra-Dehra Line at 1km 500 m 1 km 1km 6 km Nil N.H. Chambi

COMPONENT V: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu District) subprojects

220kV Line from 500 m Bhuntar Bhuntar Charor5 Kullu 60 5 km (70 persons T5 Charor to 400kV Charor 11 km 11km 00 m km Tosh) 2 km Charor Banala Sub Station

S4 132/220kV GIS 1 km Bhuntar 7 Charor 1 I km Kullu 60 1 km Charor 1 km Charor Substation at Charor Charor km km Charor km (1500 persons)

269. Maps showing alternative routes for transmission line sub-projects are provided in figure- 14 to figure-16.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 97 | P a g e

Figure-14: Map showing alternate Routes of Urni - Wangtoo Transmission Line #(Above map is the old map plotted on the toposheet. The updated line route has been indicated in Figure-2(a), Figure-2(b), Figure-2(c), Figure-2(d) and Figure-2(e),

Figure-15: Map showing alternate Routes of Sunda-Hatkoti Transmission Line

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 98 | P a g e

Figure-16: Map showing alternate Routes of Charor-Banala Transmission Line

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 99 | P a g e 7 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION

7.1 InformationDisclosure 270. In line with ADB’s Public Communications Policy, HPPTCL is required to ensure that relevant project information about social and environment safeguard issues is made available during the initial stages to affected people and other stakeholders, including the general public at district headquarters where it is publicly accessible in English, Hindi and any other vernacular local language. ADB and HPPTCL will also post these documents as well as the Environment Assessment and Review Framework Document (EARF) and the IEE on their respective websites. 271. Incorporation of the environmental concerns of APs through the public consultation in the decision making process will avoid or minimise conflict situations during the implementation process as well as enable them to provide meaningful inputs into the project design and its implementation. HPPTCL can conduct public consultation and information disclosure through public meetings andnotice. 272. During the project formulation stage, HPPTCL had conducted a project scoping exercise and reconnaissance survey of the proposed system. Accordingly, during public consultation sessions, considerable dialogue had been held between HPPTCL representatives, individuals, and groups from the community to make them aware of the proposedproject. 273. The project-affected community residing beside the proposed transmission line has already gained a reasonable knowledge about the potential grievances, which may arise in the future. The community was also informed about the Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM), which will be followed by HPPTCL as per procedure listed in its Environmental and Social Safeguards Policy May 2011 for making complaints, including the place and the responsible person to contact in thisregard. 274. In line with GoI’s Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006 (including amendments), public consultation and information disclosure will be undertaken through public notice prior to the approval by MoEF&CC only for Category B1 and A projects (This is not applicable for Tranche-2 project as Environmental Clearance is not required for Tranche-2 subprojects). According to ADB SPS 2009, Category B projects, public consultation and information disclosure is to be made during the initial stages by the client itself. This activity supports the view to understand the public’s perception of the project and respond to their concerns and suggestions during the early stages of the project design. Incorporation on the environmental concerns to the decisionmaking process through the public consultation will avoid or minimise conflict situation during the implementationprocess.

7.2 Public Consultation 275. Public consultations were conducted in project-affected area between February to 30 September 2012 during preparation of IEE. The community aired theiropinionsfreely on the project, its impact,and suggestions for mitigating adverse impacts. People

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 100 | P a g e participated in voluntary public consultation sessions to express their views about the proposed project. Table-51 indicates a summary of public consultations conducted during the field survey for preparation of IEE report in 2012. The details of public consultations conducted during original IEE preparation are provided in Appendix-IV. Table-51: Summary Public Consultation Conducted During Original IEE Preparation

Distance Name of the Component/ Name of from SNo. subproject the Village Project Issues raised by the participants Location

COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects

• People requested for Jobs during and after

the implementation of project if possible

• Roads need to beimproved.

• Streetlights are made available in thevillage.

66 kV Gas Insulated • Continuous consultation with villagers needs to be S1 Switchgear (GIS) switching URNI 400m carried out throughoutconstruction station atUrni • Substation land is quite barren and unused and people were happy to provide the landto HPPT CL through mutual negotiation. People said that compensation money would be used for development of small-scalebusiness activities.

• People requested for Jobs during the implementation

of project ifpossible

• Demand of 24 hours power supply ifpossible.

• People requested that utility vehicle may be hired 66 kV double circuit (D/C) CHAGAON byHPPTCLfromthevillagewhichwillbeusedduring and T1 transmission line from 66 kV ZANAKPURI 600m after theimplementation GIS Urni switching station to (OLD TAPRI) • Prior notice shall be provided to the villages before Wangtoo GIS substation the start ofconstruction. • People suggested that no such severe adverse impacts are foreseen as the line will pass through forestland.

COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects

• Prior notice to the affected farmer shall be given and 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling consultations shall be continued during the entire station (P.S.) at Lahal LAHAL phase ofconstruction. S2 300m • People requested for Jobs during and after the 220 kV single circuit (S/C) implementation of project ifpossible... transmission line from • Local labour shall be employed to the extent possible KHANI/L by thecontractor. T2 33/220/400 kV Lahal 600m substation up to 220 kV yardof AHAL • Any damage to local area during construction Budhil HEP. by movement of vehicles shall be restored post construction.

• Temporary employment of local labouriffeasible.

• Demandforreliablepowersupply.

132 kV S/C transmission line • Priornoticetoeachaffectedvillagebeforethestartof

from Chambi (Shahpur) construction of transmissionline. SMIRPUR T4 1700m • substation to LILO point of 132 THIYARA Villagers shall be allowed to cultivate the land kV Kangra- Dehra S/C underneath theRoW. transmission line • Cashcompensationforcropdamageatmarketrates. • Any damage subsequently during the maintenanceof transmissionlineshallbecompensatedaccordingly.

COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects

• People are eager to provide the private land for CHIRGAON, substation provided they get adequatecompensation

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 101 | P a g e 220 kV D/C transmission line MASLI, JAKHAR at market rate. from 220/132 kV GIS PS • R&Rassistance shall be provided in addition to

Sunda to 220 kV switching compensation. T3 station Hatkoti • People expect maximum benefits in terms of CHIRGAON 250m employment duringconstruction. • Corporation should provide some additional benefits 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS in terms of development work as part of corporate PS at Sunda responsibility in terms of better water supply

and rehabilitation of existing roadsetc. • ROW and the height of the line from the ground S3 300m should beadequate.

COMPONENTIV. Chamba PIU (Chamba District)subprojects

• Temporary employment of local labouriffeasible.

• Demandforreliablepowersupply.

132 kV S/C transmission line • Priornoticetoeachaffectedvillagebeforethestartof

from Chambi (Shahpur) construction of transmissionline. SMIRPUR T4 1700m • substation to LILO point of 132 THIYARA Villagers shall be allowed to cultivate the land kV Kangra- Dehra S/C underneath theRoW. transmission line • Cashcompensationforcropdamageatmarketrates. • Any damage subsequently during the maintenanceof transmission line shall be compensatedaccordingly.

COMPONENT V: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu Districts) subprojects

• Safety measures to be adopted for the lines

construction.

• Priornoticetoeachaffectedvillagebeforethestartof

220 kV D/C transmission line construction of transmissionlines. • Villagers are allowed to cultivate the land underneath T5 from Charor to 400/220 kV DIYAR 1200m theRoW. Banala substation of PGCIL • People requested that cash compensation at market rate be given for damaged crops and any damage during the maintenance of transmission line shall be compensatedaccordingly.

• People are generally apprehensive about the project

and were not so cooperative in the beginning to

provide any privateland. 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS • Goodcompensationisexpected. S4 CHAROR 1000m substation at Charor • People requested for Jobs during and after the implementation of project ifpossible. • HPPTCL should do some development work in the village.

7.3 Consultation Findings 276. Incorporation of environmental concerns of Affected Persons (APs) through the public consultation will help avoid or minimise conflict situations and enable them to provide meaningful inputs into the project design and implementation process. Consultations and group discussions were carried out along the project sites by the project safeguard consultants between February and September 2012. The discussion was carried out in almost all the villages coming within 500 m vicinity of the alignment of transmission lines and at proposed substation sites in all the PIUs. 277. As part of the social assessment, approximately 246 households have been surveyed where the heads of the households were interviewed to collect the data during the month of March to September 2012. Additionally, the social and environment expert from the consultant team carried out various informal consultations during the site assessment with concerned village heads and local people at various villages. Summary of people’s

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 102 | P a g e perception of the project during the consultation is presented in Appendix-IV. Tables A4.1-12 (inside Appendix 4) lists villages where the consultations were held in the Chamba, Kullu, Mandy, Shimla and Kinnaur Districts. Table A4.13 gives the general perception for all the Tranche-II subprojects.

7.4 Public Consultation during Construction & Updation ofIEE 278. Public Consultation is a continuous process and conducted throughout the project during design, pre-construction, construction and operation. Consultations have been organized during construction phase as well as separate Public Consultations have been organized during March and April, 2018 for the upadation of IEE report in respect of the subprojects, which have revise scope. Issues discussed during Public Consultations have been provided below and attendance sheet & photographs are provided in Appendix-V. 279. Issues discussed during Public Consultations conducted for updation of IEEreport: • Most of the people want location of Substation and Transmission Line Route away from the habitation; • Local people are happy as they are getting business & employment opportunities; • Most of the participant wanted to know about Job & business (supply of material, labour, etc.) opportunities during construction & operation of project; • People wanted to know about compensation for land and trees; • Continuous consultation with villagers needs to be carried out throughout construction;

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 103 | P a g e 8 GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM

8.1 Awareness of Stakeholders 280. HPPTCL has disclosed the project plans during public consultation sessions as well as made them aware their rights, effects on area and the action to be taken to mitigate the impact as part of their “Environment and Social Safeguards Policy 2011 and the Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy 2011”. The Environment and Social staff has held discussions with groups and individuals to make them aware of the compensation procedures, impacts of lines, as well as proposed project timelines. This exercise shall continue during and after the construction of the subproject. Thus, the project- affected community residing beside the proposed transmission line has gained a reasonable knowledge about the potential grievances, which will arise in the future. 281. A community awareness programme must be conducted one month prior to construction by the concerned PIUs of HPPTCL regarding the scope of the project, procedure of construction activities, utility of resources, identified impacts and mitigation measures. These awareness programmeswill help the community to resolve problems, and clarify their distrusts related to the proposed project at initial stage.

8.2 The Grievance RedressalMechanism 282. Through its Environment and Social Safeguards Policy 201116(ESSP, 2011), HPPTCL has established a Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) having suitable grievance redressal procedure for the project affected persons. The GRM would address affected persons’ concerns and complaints promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that is gender responsive, culturally appropriate, and readily accessible to the affected persons at no costs and without retribution. This GRM consists of a Grievance Redressal Committee (GRC) consists of the following persons as listed in Table-52below: Table-52 : Constitution of Grievance Redressal Committee17

1 ProjectHead Chairman

2 Head of Finance wing at theprojectlevel Member

3 Representative oflocalPanchayat Member

4 Representativeofcontractor Member

5 ProjectEnvironment/RRstaff MemberSecretary

283. To expedite the grievance handling procedure, HPPTCL has changed the structure of GRC for effective implementation of GRM and early resolution of grievances. Copy of the office order regarding constitution of Grievance Redressal Committee (GRC) at Corporate Office level & PIU level is provided in Appendix-VI, Copy of the same is also uploaded on HPPTCL’s website. 284. This GRM would provide an effective approach for resolution of complaints an dissues of

16 Finalized in May 2011 17 GRC constitution as per ESSP, 2011. New GRC has been constituted, copy provided in appendix-VI.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 104 | P a g e the affected community. PMU shall formulate procedures for implementing the GRM. The PIU shall undertake GRM’s initiatives that include procedures of taking/ recording complaints, handling of on-the-spot resolution of minor problems, taking care of complainants and provisions of responses to distressed stakeholders etc. paying particular attention to the impacts on vulnerable groups. 285. Environmental and social grievances will be handled in accordance to the project’s GRM. Open and transparent dialogue will be maintained with project affected persons as and when needed, in compliance with ADB safeguard policy requirements. The GRM for the project provides an effective approach for complaints and resolution of issues made by the affected community in a reliable way. This mechanism will remain active throughout the life cycle of the project. GRM procedure is shown in Figure-17. The affected persons can approach the court of law at any time of the GRM procedure, if they so wish.

Figure-17: Process of Grievance Redressal Mechanism

( * ) Affected Persons can approach the court of law at time during the Grievance redressalprocess.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 105 | P a g e 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 Institutional Arrangements 286. HPPTCL is state powertransmission utility (STU) licensed to operate in the state of Himachal Pradesh. HPPTCL is both the Executing Agency (EA) and Implementation Agency (IA) for the project. The Project Management Unit (PMU) at corporate level is headed by Senior Project Manager (Planning) who will be assisted by corresponding personnel from various functions – Administration and Finance, Projects Planning and Design, Procurement and contracts, Environment Cell and Projects Construction. Project Implementation Units (PIUs) at divisional level of the project construction unit are headed by Executive Engineers at five locations – Rohru, Lahal, Chambi, Bhabanagar and Sarabhai (Kullu). PMU structure is shown in Figure-18. 287. The Environment and Social cell (ESC) at the corporate level monitors the policy and implementation related environmental impacts of all projects of HPPTCL. The Environmental Officer in the ESC assists PIUs in all environmental aspects of the projects in compliance with HPPTCL’s Environment and Social Safeguards Policy, May 2011. The Environmental Officer (HPPTCL has designated one Chief Environment & RR Specialist) is assisted by two loan funded Environment and Social consultants. This cell is also responsible for the implementation of Environmental Management Plan for all the subprojects funded by ADB. As per ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009, PMU and ESC are required to conduct regular monitoring of environmental compliance of each subproject funded by ADB to ensure compliance with project covenants. Structure of ESC constituted by HPPTCL is given in Appendix-VII. 288. The implementation of the EMP during the construction phase is the responsibility of the contractor. The PMU is responsible for ensuring all measures suggested in the EMP are included in the design and bid documents. The PIU in participation with the ESC is also responsible for monitoring and enforcement of the EMP during construction. 289. The duties of the Environmental and Social Cell at corporate level areto:

• Monitor the implementation of mitigation measuresduring construction and operation phases of the project. • Prepare suitable environmental management reports for various sites. • Advise and coordinate field units activity towards effective environment management. • Liaise with the Ministry of Power, CEA, MoEF. GoHP and state agencies such as HPPCL, HPPCB, HP Forest Department and seek their help to solve the environment related issues of the project implementation. • Advice to project planning/design cells on environmental and social issues while route selection of the alignment at the planning/design stage to avoid negative environmental impacts. Similarlyadvise for inclusion of environment and social safeguard provisions in contract documents. • Advise PIU on training and awareness raising for environmental and social issues to the project/contract staff.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 106 | P a g e 290. The duties of the Environmental and Social Cell at site level are to: • Implement the environment policy guidelines and environmental good practices at the sites. • Advise and coordinate the contractor(s) activity towards effective environment management. • Liaise with the local officers of forest department, HPPCB and seek help of their officers in resolving environment monitoring related issues, wherever applicable. • Carry out environmental and social survey to avoid negative environmentalimpact. • Make the contractor staff aware of environmental and social issues so that EMP could be managed effectively. • Prepare periodic environment management and compliance reports. 291. The PMU is responsible for processing and implementing all subproject(s). Subprojects are monitored by qualified technical staff/experts (e.g. design and technical reports, feasibility studies, environmental and/or social assessments, and associated EMP’s and budgets), who also ensure and monitor compliance with ADB and Government safeguard requirements. Summary appraisal reports will be submitted by PMU to the ADB subsequent to obtaining the HPPTCL’s approval and clearance(s) from the GoHP.

Figure- 18: PMU Structure

9.2 Environmental Management Plan 292. Based on the environmental assessment of the project activities, an Environment Management Plan (EMP) has been developed for the project to mitigate any adverse environmental impacts. The EMP discusses anticipated impacts and mitigation measures and monitoring requirements and responsible authorities to implement the EMP with respect to the following stages: (i) pre-construction, (ii) construction, and (iii) operation

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 107 | P a g e and maintenance. Detailed, site-specific mitigation measures and monitoring plans were developed and will be implemented during the project implementation phase. 293. The EMP table for the project is provided in Appendix-IX, which identifies feasible and cost- effective measures to be taken to reduce potential significant, adverse, impacts to acceptable levels. Here, proper mitigation measures are proposed for each potential impact, including details on responsible parties for implementation of mitigation measures and supervision. The subproject specific EMP costs are separately assessed. These EMP will form part of bidding document as well.

9.3 Monitoring of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 294. The mitigation measures suggested require monitoring of environmental parameters - both during construction and operational phases of the project. The monitoring of the environmental aspects shall be ensured by the Environment and Social Cell of HPPTCL. During the construction phase, the contractor should ensure that activities like handling of earth works, disposal of debris, storage of materials, labour camps, putting proper traffic signals is done properly to have minimum impact. This in turn should be monitored by the Project Manager of the individual transmission line/substation subproject. The PIU will supervise the contractor. Other environmental good practices include sanitary waste management, noise abatement, maintaining hygienic conditions, maintenance of fire and safety equipment. 295. The Environmental and Social Cell will ensure that site engineers and contractors adhere and comply with all measures and procedures identified in the EMP. Activities to be monitored include: all planning, coordination and management activities related to the implementation of safeguard issues; the identification of corrective and preventive actions; records of health and safety matters and training activities; consultations with project affected people (as and when needed, particularly during the implementation); feedback, trouble shooting and project related grievances; preparation of progress and monitoring reports as required by the ADB; and verifying the projects overall compliance with safeguard measures and its progress towards achieving the intended loan outcomes.

9.4 Environmental Monitoring Plan 296. To ensure that project would not generate negative impacts to the overall environment quality, monitoring of environmental parameter has to be performed by HPPTCL/Contractor as per contract provisions. The monitoring activities of the project include site supervision, verification of permits, monitoring of water quality, soil, noise and air. Monitoring of the quality of water, soil, air and noise during the construction stage is the responsibility of the contractor by the approved government agency. The Environmental Monitoring Plan for measurement of environmental quality parameters and its periodicity for the Project is summarised in Appendix-X. 9.5 Environmental Monitoring Report (EMR) 297. Mitigation measures related to construction as specified in the EMP will be incorporated into civil works contracts and their implementation will be primarily the the responsibility of the contractors. In addition, contractors will be required to submit monthly IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 108 | P a g e progress reports on the implementation of EMP measures to PIU/PMU. The PMU and the HPPTCL will report to the ADB on progress achieved against the EMP activities and milestones on a half-yearly basis. Progress reports will include a description of implementable activities and their status; identify the responsible parties involved in their implementation; and provide project management schedules and timeframes for doing so, along with their associated costs. 298. The Environment and Social Cell after interaction with Project managers of PIUs will prepare and submit performance monitoring reports to the ADB twice in a year. This report will includethe results of environmental monitoring to demonstrate that sound environmental management practices are applied, and the set environments targets are achieved. The environmental monitoring report will be submitted by the PIU to the PMU, which will include the result of environmental monitoring into its environmental report. 299. In case the implementation of EMP measures is not satisfactory, HPPTCL may engage external qualified experts to verify monitoring reports and assess the significant impacts and risks. These external monitoring experts will recommend actions for HPPTCL to enhance environmental compliance. ADB will continue to monitor project compliance with ADB safeguard plans and requirements on an on-going basis throughout the duration of the contract.

9.6 Health and SafetyManagement

9.6.1 Health and SafetyIssues 300. To avoid/minimize inherent risks during construction, operation and maintenance, HPPTCL has formulated “Environment and Social Safeguards Policy (ESSP) in May 2011” This policy has laid down safety guidelines for EHV substations and lines in operations and maintenance (O&M) and construction areas. Some other implications and mitigations from safety point of view are shown in Table-53 below: Table-53: Safety Implication and Mitigation

SNo. Implication Mitigation Adequate horizontal and vertical clearances are provided as per Indian 1 Electromagnetic effect Electricity Act rules. 2 Mechanical Factor of safety in tower structure, conductor and insulator is provided Each tower is provided with ground wire and earthed. Earthing system for 3 Lightning stroke permissible step and touch potential in substation design. Ground clearance No construction is permitted. Land is not allowed to be converted to non- 4 infringement agriculture use. However, there is no restriction on movement of people

9.6.2 Awareness Program 301. Some of the safety awareness activities suchas:

• Public awareness by meeting with villagers, builders, transporters, school s, NGOs/CBOs, and putting up safety posters, safety slogan and advertisement in media.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 109 | P a g e • District collector/ electrical inspector/ police department/ local authority approached for removal/ prevention of unauthorized construction nearby EHV transmission lines violating Electricity Act2003. • Education to workers on Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and safetytools. • Periodic Health (Regarding HIV/AIDS/STD) &Safety Awareness Programs for workers.

9.6.3 Safety Audits 302. Safety inspections are done at each PIU in a regular way. Steps neededto follow:

• Checking of safety tools- i. Availability and its presentcondition. ii. Utilization andtesting. • Check for implementation of safety rules and safety instruction for all substation operation and maintenanceactivities. • Safety awareness and identifying hazards for various maintenance activities in the switch yard and the transmission lines. • Precaution to be taken while issuingpermit for the work. • Operation of portable fire extinguishers and their healthiness. • Ensuring electromagnetic field (EMF) is minimised at all transmission line and substation sites using proper design criteria as per Indian Electricity Actrules.

9.7 Environmental Management Budget 303. The compliance with the EMP has been prepared based upon optimum and reasonable costs that are derived upon minimisation of mitigation measures on a “least-cost” basis. Without such expenditures, the project might generate significant environmental impacts, causing the biophysical environment in the area to deteriorate and indirectly depressing the economies of local communities. Based upon the environmental issues identified, assessment of the project impact on the environment, EMP cost is estimated to implement the key environmental measures and environmental management & monitoring plan as listed in table-54below. Table-54: Environmental Management Budget for Tranche-II Sub-projects

S. Rate Amount No. Description Quantity Unit (in Rs) (in Rs) A. Environmental Monitoring (Pre-constructionStage) 1 Air Quality 8 No. 7,214 57,712.0 2 Water Quality 8 No. 15,000 120,000.0 3 Noise Levels 8 No. 4,809 38,472.0 4 Soil 8 No. 12,500 100,000.0

Total Cost 3,16,184.0

B. Environmental Monitoring (Construction Stage)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 110 | P a g e Air Quality - Six monthly (4 sites X 2 sample 32 1 No. 7,214 X 4 times in 2 year) 230,848.0

Water Quality - Six monthly (4 sites X 2 32 2 No. 15,000 sample X 4 times in 2 year) 480,000.0

Noise Levels - Six monthly (4 sites X 2 32 3 No. 4,809 sample X 4 times in 2 year) 153,888.0

Soil - Six monthly (4 sites X 2 sample X 4 32 4 No. 12,500 times in 2 year) 400,000.0

Total Cost 12,64,736.0

C. Environmental Monitoring (Operation Stage)

1 Air Quality 8 No. 7,214 57,712.0

2 Water Quality 8 No. 15,000 120,000.0

3 Noise Levels 8 No. 4,809 38,472.0

4 Soil 8 No. 12,500 100,000.0

Total Cost 3,16,184.0

D. Training Workshops/Consultations/ Health Awareness Camp

1 EMP Training at site (Once at each site) 9 No. 20,000 1,80,000 Training on Implementation of EMP for Field 2 PIUs and Engineer (Once at each PIU) 5 No. 50,000 2,50,000 Public Consultation – Six monthly (9 sites X 4 36 3 No. 10,000 3,60,000 times in 2 year)

Health Awareness Camp – Six monthly (9 36 4 No. 20,000 7,20,000 sites X 4 times in 2 year)

Total Cost 15,10,000.0 Grand Total (A+B+C+D) 3,407,104.0

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 111 | P a g e 10 FIELD-BASED ENVIRONMENTAL DUE DILIGENCE 304. This chapter ascertains presence of any residual environmental impacts due to implementation of works (due to two additional towers such as 10 A and 39A) of Urni SS to Wangtoo SS transmission line and suggests appropriate, time-bound corrective measures to address those residual environmental impacts, if any. 305. The various aspects that would be considered for such field-based environmental due diligence are elaborated below: (a) Confirmation of EMP in contractor‘s contract agreement: EMP is made part of contractor‘s contractor agreement and the contractor‘s compliance to EMP is being monitored by the environmental and social management unit established in Project management unit by carrying out field visits from time to time during the project implementation. (b) Compliance status during pre-construction and construction stage of the sub-project(s): it is mandatory for the Contractor to submit the quarterly environmental management plan compliance report to keep a check on the EMP compliance activities. Environmental management plan as provided in the original IEE report is being followed by the contractor during the implementation stage. (c) Status of statutory permission applicable for the sub-project(s), if any: The subproject do not involve any major construction works except for the construction of additional two no.towers due to crossing of 400kV transmission line en-route 66kV Urni-Wangtoo line. Additional two no. towers are in forest land and have been accommodated in the existing Right of Way (RoW) without any change in the alignment of transmission line, for which forest clearance has already been abtained. Thus, no major environmental impact is anticipated due to the construction work involved in the subprojects. The major statuary clearances applicable to the involved subproject are Labor license, pollution under control certificate, workman‘s compensation and insurance policy, marine cum erection policy, permission of tree cuttings (if involved) for ROW clearance and health checkup of labors. (d) Residual environmental impacts, if any with appropriate, time-bound corrective measures: Contactors is reminded from time to time, to follow the environmental management plan and the mitigation measures as provided in the EMP. No environmental impact is noticed. Thus, no added corrective measure is required/suggested. (e) Public consultations during project implementation stages: Public consultation has not been carried for these two no. additional towers, as there is no habitation near to these tower locations. (f) Status of grievances, if any, received due to implementation of the sub-projects: The grievance redressal committee are setup in all the concerned Project Implementation Units. No grievance related to environmental issue for any subprojects are recorded. (g) Conclusions: No environmental impact is predicted due to the proposed project.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 112 | P a g e 11 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 306. The ADB-approved Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) report, October 2012 has been updated due to changes in scope of three subprojects under loan 3001-IND (Tranche-II) and some of the sub-projects excluded from scope of work under loan 3001-IND. Above changes has already been covered in updated IEE of May, 2018. Further, ADB-approved Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) report, May, 2018 has been updated due to an increase in length from 13.538 Km to 13.659 Km (covering two additional towers of 10A and 39A)due to crossing of 400kV transmission line en-route 66kV Urni-Wangtoo line. • Changes in Urni - Wangto Transmission Line: All additional five towers (three plus two no.)are in forest land and have been accommodated in the existing Right of Way (RoW) without any change in the alignment of transmission line, for which forest clearance has already been obtained. • Changes in Sunda – Hatkoti Transmission Line: Route was finalized for Sunda – Hatkoti Transmission Line (TL) and construction activities have been started after obtaining Forest Clearance from MoEF&CC. In the meantime public has raised certain issues as TL was passing through RohruTown and there was hindrance on helicopter landing on Indira Gandhi Stadium. Therefore, TL alignment has been changed and length increased from 22.695 km to 25.125km. • Changes in Charor - Banala Transmission Line: Route A was finalized for Charor - Banala Transmission Line. There is no change in alignment of transmission line, only length is decreased from 18.6 km to 17.575 km due to elimination of one Tower No.62. 307. The environmental category continues to be category B as per ADB Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist (see Appendix 1). During updation of IEE report, due consideration has been given if there is impact on environmental classification of the sub- projects, due to change of scope of sub-projects, using screening criteria as per ADB REA Checklist. 308. The Urni, Lahal, Sunda&Charor substations land belong to HPPTCL and private land has been acquired for all substations. The larger extent of proposed transmission lines from Sunda-Hatkoti (25.125 km), Urni-Wangtoo (13.659 km),Charor-Barnala (17.575 km), Lahal- Budhil (1.895 km) and LILO of 132 kV Kangra Dehra Transmission line at Chambi (15.038 km) will run mostly from hilltop to hilltop through barren lands, cultivated lands, uncultivated lands and forestlands. These line routes have been selected with least impacts on forests, trees, cultivable land and habitation. Wherever possible, the alignments have been proposed either on hilltop-to-hilltop routes or towers with extra heights to reduce the impacts on land underneath while maintaining the mandatory clearance as per Indian Electricity Act (Rules 77 and 80). The proposed alignments pose minimum disturbance to any Reserve Forests or any Sanctuary and National Parks in the State. However, few trees will be required to be felled that fall under the RoWfor which Compensatory Afforestation will be done as per Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 (along with its subsequent amendments) and as per HPPTCL’s Environment and Social Safeguards Policy 2011. 309. Any of the sub-projects are not passing through notified protected area

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 113 | P a g e (WildlifeSanctuary, National Park or Conservation Reserves, etc.). No endangered or protected species of flora or fauna are reported at any of the subproject sites. 310. No archaeological/protected monument is located in the project vicinity. 311. No reliable baseline information of air, noise, water & soil quality were exists for sub- project locations during original IEE report preparation. However, collection of baseline parameters of water, air, soil, and noise have been done during construction as per ADB approved monitoring plan, which has been used for the establishment of baseline data during IEE updation and same has been provided in this updated IEE report under the chapter “Description of Environment”. The quality of air, noise, water & soil is generally found good in the sub-project sites. There is no negative impact envisaged on environmental baseline during construction of sub-projects. 312. Based on the environmental assessment and surveys conducted for the project so far, it is evident that the potential adverse environmental impacts can be mitigated to an acceptable level by adequate implementation of the mitigation measures identified in the EMP. Adequate provisions have been made in the project to cover the environmental mitigation and monitoring requirements, and their associated costs. Adverse impacts if noticed during implementation will be mitigated using appropriate design and management measures. 313. The proposed project will have number of positive impacts as well as negative impacts as provided below: • State Government shall benefit largely from the large volumes for exportable surplus ofpower. • The local people shall benefit due to improvement in quality and reliability of the electricity supply as well as funds that will flow into the area to provide them with better roads, health facilities due to higher allocations to the Local Area Development Funds from generation projects to the district. Improvement in lifestyles of local people shall be the main positive impact of thisproject. • There will be removal of fruit and non-fruit trees for the transmission l ineand substations, which is the main negative impact to the proposed project area. However, the compensation for crop and trees shall be made as per HPPTCL’s Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy May 2011. Compensatory afforestation shall be carried out wherever forest land isused. • Environment pollution due to cut and fill operations, transportation of construction materials, disposal of debris, disturbance to the farming activities, nuisance from dust, noise, vehicle fumes, black smoke, vibration as well as silt runoff due to construction activities are the short term negative impacts due to proposed project . 314. Overall, the major environmental impacts associated with transmission projects are limited to the construction period and can be mitigated to an acceptable level by implementation of recommended measures and by best engineering and environmental practices. The impact matrix depicts that the project will not havesignificant negativeenvironmental impacts and the project would help in improving the socio-economic IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 114 | P a g e conditions of this developing State. As the project falls in Category “B” as per the ADB’s REA checklist even after change in scope of sub-projects, no detailed EIA study is required. 315. Public consultations with the project affected communities, stakeholders, and government officers focused on existing environmental conditions around the proposed transmission lines/ substations and the potential impacts that could happen due to project implementation have been completed. Public Consultation is a continuous process and conducted throughout the project during design, pre-construction, construction an operation. Consultations have been organized during construction phase as well as separate Public Consultations have been organized during March &April, 2018 for the upadation of IEE report in respect of the subprojects, which have revise scope. Main issues of consultation were – i) People want location of Substation and Transmission Line Route away from the habitation; ii) People wanted to know about Job & business (supply of material, labour, etc.) opportunities during construction & operation of project; iii) People wanted to know about compensation for land and trees. There are no other significant environmental issues which have been raised by people during consultation. 316. Proper Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) has been implemented by HPPTCL to overcome public inconvenience during the sub-project activities. Copy of the office order regarding constitution of Grievance Redressal Committee (GRC) at Corporate Office level & PIU level is provided in Appendix-VI, Copy of the same is also uploaded on HPPTCL’s website. 317. The Initial Environment Examination (IEE) ascertains that it is unlikely to cause any significant environmental impacts. Few impacts were identified attributable to the proposed sub-projects. Proper mitigation measures have been suggested and incorporated in the Environmental Management Plan to avoid / minimize these anticipatedimpacts. 318. The Executing Agency (HPPTCL) shall ensure that EMP forms part of bid document and works contract. The same shall be revised if necessary during project implementation or if there is any change in the project design and with approval of ADB. 319. If there will be any change / revision in scope of Tranche-II sub-projects, this updated IEE report shall be further updated accordingly or addendum to updated IEE report shall be prepared and submitted to ADB for approval.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 115 | P a g e

APPENDICES

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 116 | P a g e Appendix-I: - Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist

POWER TRANSMISSION

Instructions:

◻ This checklist is to be prepared to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form that is to be prepared and submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Regional and Sustainable DevelopmentDepartment. ◻ ThischecklististobecompletedwiththeassistanceofanEnvironmentSpecialistinaRegional Department. ◻ This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB checklists and handbooks on (i) involuntary resettlement, (ii) indigenous peoples planning, (iii) poverty reduction, (iv) participation, and (v) gender and development. ◻ Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigationmeasures.

Country / Project Title: India: Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment ProgrammeTranche-2

Sector Division: South Asia Department Energy Sector

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS

A. Project Siting Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

 No Cultural heritage site located near the - Cultural heritage site project sites. Few Sub-projects are located in forest area. Forest Clearance will be obtained  - Protected Area before starting any construction activity in forest land.

 No protected or classified wetland is - Wetland located close to the project site  No such area is located in the project - Mangrove vicinity.  No such area is located in the project - Estuarine vicinity.  No such area is located in the project - Buffer zone of protected area vicinity.  No such area is located in the project - Special area for protecting biodiversity vicinity.

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause...

No historical/cultural areas located near - encroachment on historical/cultural areas, disfiguration of  the project sites. landscape and increased waste generation?

No sensitive or protected area located - encroachment on precious ecosystem (e.g. sensitive or  near the project sites. protected areas)?

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 117 | P a g e

- alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways  crossed by roads and resulting in increased sediment in Not Applicable streams affected by increased soil erosion at the

- damage to sensitive coastal/marine habitats by  Not Applicable construction of submarine cables?

Adequate sanitary facilities including

Soak pits treatment facilities will be deterioration of surface water quality due to silt runoff, - provided at construction camps, which  sanitary wastes from worker-based camps and will be set-up away from water bodies. No chemicals used in construction? harmful chemicals are likely to be used in the constructionactivities.

Localized air pollution level is likely to increase for short duration during - increased local air pollution due to rock crushing, cutting  construction period. Suitable mitigation and filling? measures will be followed to minimize theimpact.

- chemical pollution resulting from chemical clearing of  Not Applicable vegetation for construction site?

No blasting is involved. No significant

noise generation is expected during construction activities except normal construction equipment operational noise. These noise levels will be  -Noise and vibration due to blasting and other civil works? impulsive in nature and its impact will be confined within few meters. All stationary noise making sources equipment like DG set will be installed with acoustic enclosures.

-dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people  Not Applicable

No such social concern is expected. Concern may arise during construction stage due to increase in ambient air & -Socialconflictsrelatingtoinconveniencesinliving noise pollution level, which is expected to  conditions where construction interferes with pre- be localized and temporary in nature. existingroads? This aspect will be effectively controlled with suitable mitigation measures.

Construction sites are away from the main roads, however, to minimized the impact suitable traffic management plan - hazardous driving conditions where construction  interferes with pre-existing roads? will be designed and implemented by the contractor to prevent any hazardous drivingcondition

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 118 | P a g e Proper provisions for sanitation (sewage treatment), health care (drinking water poor sanitation and solid waste disposal in construction supply) and periodic health check-ups) - camps and work sites, and possible transmission of  and solid waste disposal through communicable diseases from workers to local composting facilities will be made at each populations? construction camp. Awareness will be created amongst the workers about hygiene and health protection.

Proper sanitation & waste water management will be done to avoid - creation of temporary breeding habitats for mosquito  vectors of disease? creation of temporary breeding habitats for mosquito vectors ofdisease There will be no dislocation and - dislocation and compulsory resettlement of people living  compulsory resettlement of people living in right-of-way of the power transmission lines? in right-of-way of the power transmission lines. Pruning of trees will be done under the environmental disturbances associated with the -  guidance of forest department after maintenance of lines (e.g. routine control of taking necessary permission.

-facilitation of access to protected areas in case corridors  Not Applicable traverse protected areas? Safety guidelines will be followed during accident risks associated with maintenance of lines and -  maintenance of lines to avoid accident related facilities? risks. The Vertical & horizontal clearance shall health hazards due to electromagnetic fields, land - be provided as per The Indian Electricity  subsidence, lowered groundwater table, and Rule to avoid any health hazards due to salinization? electromagnetic fields.

disturbances (e.g. noise and chemical pollutants) if -  No herbicides will be used. herbicides are used to control vegetative height? Based on above rapid environmental assessment the project is categorized as ‘B’

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 119 | P a g e Appendix-II:- Alternative Site Analysis for Grid Sub-stations

1. 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) Switching station atUrni

S. Description Site – A Site - B Site - C No.

1. Substation details Private – Barren Land Private – Barren Land Private – Barren Land

1a Area (dimensions) 3750 sqm 15000 sqm 18000 sqm

N -31°31'37.2" N-31°30'45.3” N-31°30'5.3” 1b Geographical coordinates E - 78°08'18.7" E-78°09'36.6" E -78°10'38.6" 1c Slope/Plain land Sloping Partially Sloping Partially Sloping

2 Number of transformers 1 No Auxiliary 1 No Auxiliary 1 No Auxiliary Transformer Transformer Transformer

3 Number of Bays 5 5 5

4 Size/ type of oil sump - - -

Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government 5 Private Private Private Department/ Other) Private land (in ha.) 0.3750 ha 1.50 ha 1.80 ha (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste 0.3750 ha 1.50 ha 1.80 ha land / banjar. 6 (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential Nil Nil Nil 7.a Distance from Nearest River 50 m UrniKhad 100 m UrniKHad 100 m Sutlej Khad

7.b Distance from Nearest National / 3 km from NH-05 3.3 km from NH-05 2.1 km from NH-05 State Highway 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest 1 km 2.5 km 2.5 km Area 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / Urni Urni Kilba town 7.e Distance from Nearest Urni&Tapri Urni&Tapri Tapri Market/Area of Economic Activity 8. Land Strata- geology Hard Rock Hard Rock Hard Rock

9. Road accessibility Temporary near Nil Nil substation land 220 kV Kashang- 220 kV Kashang- Bhaba, JP 220 kV Kashang- EHV line Passing Near By Bhaba, JP transmission transmission line at Bhaba, JP 10. (Distance) line at about 0.8 km about 0.8km transmission line at distance distance about 01 km distance

11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) 22 kV line 0.5 km Nil Nil

12. Telephone line Passing Near By Nil Nil Nil (Distance) 13. National / State Highway Passing 3 km 3.5 km 2.0 km

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 120 | P a g e Near By (Distance)

Distance from Interstate / 14. 118 km 125 km 130 km International Boundaries Nos. of Forest Trees:-a. Trees 15. to befelledb. Trees to be lopped Nil Nil Nil

Nos. of private trees

(i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees 16. Nil Nil Nil to belopped

(ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to belopped 5 6 8

17. Distance from snow area Within snow area Within snow area Within snow area

18. Distance from un-cultivated area 100 m 50 m 150 m

19. Altitude of substation 1961 m 1990 m 1775 m

20. Nearest distance from Airport 230 km 230 km 235 km

Distance from nearest religious or 23 km Kamru Palace, 23.3 km Kamru Palace, 17 km Kamru Palace, 21. Archaeological sites Sangla Sangla Sangla

Name of villages involved/Name 22. Urni Kinnaur (H.P.) Urni Kinnaur (H.P.) Urni Kinnaur (H.P.) of District

Land to be permanently acquired: 23. a) Area (inha) 3750 sqm. 15,000 sm. 18,000 sqm. b) Cost Rs.80,00000 Rs. 2.4 crore Rs. 3 crore

Selected - Barren in nature, lesser number Alternative Selected of trees to be felled and away frompopulation

2. SundaSub-Station

S. No. Description Site - A Site - B Site - C Adjacent to HPSEB 250 m from tail race Substation details colony, Sundasu tunnel of Dhamwari Chirgaon 1. Sunda HEP 1a Area (dimensions) 1.5 Ha 2 Ha. 1.752 Ha. 31°08’06”N, 77° 31° 14' 13'' N, 77° 53' 31°13’57”N, 77° 1b Geographical coordinates 44’32.2”E 17''E 52’36”E 1c Slope/Plain land Plain Plain Plain

1d Amount of land cutting required Nil Nil Nil 2 Number of transformers 2 2 2

3 Number of Bays 8 8 8 4 Size/ type of oil sump - - - Ownership of land (Private / 5 Forest/ Other Government private private private Department/ Other)

Private land (in ha.) 6 (i) Agriculture :- 1.5 Ha 2 Ha. 1.752 Ha.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 121 | P a g e a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated

(ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land/ banjar. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River Pabbar (15 m) Pabbar (30 m) Pabbar (30 m) Chidgaon – Dhamwari Chidgaon – Dhamwari Chidgaon – Dhamwari 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway (50m) (100m) (300m) Distance from Nearest Forest 7.c Area 200 m 500 m 500 m Distance from Nearest Village / 7.b Sundasu (400 m) Chidgaon (200m ) Chidgaon (200m ) town Distance from Nearest 7.e Market/Area of Economic Activity Chidgaon (1km) Chidgaon (500m) Chidgaon (500m) Chidgaon – Dhamwari Chidgaon – Dhamwari Chidgaon – Dhamwari 8. Road accessibility (50 m) (100 m) (300 m) EHV line Passing Near By 9. (Distance) 500 m from site 300 m from site 20 m from site HT line Passing Near By 22 kV crossing over 10. (Distance) Nil Nil site Telephone line Passing Near By 11. (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 45 from Uttrakhand 44 from Uttrakhand 12. Distance from Interstate / 44 from Uttrakhand International Boundaries state state state Nos. of Forest Trees :- 13. a. Trees to be felled b. Trees Nil Nil Nil to belopped

Nos. of private trees

(i) Fruit Trees: Fruit trees

a. Trees to be felled b. Trees 50 Apple tree Nil Nil 14. to belopped 10 Apricot (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to belopped 15. Distance from snow area 0 km 0 km 0 km 16. Distance from un cultivated area 0 km 0 km 0 km 17. Altitude of substation 1,750 m 1,745 m 1,743 m 18. Nearest distance from Airport 165 km 165 km 165 km Distance from nearest religious or 35 km from Hatkoti 34 km from Hatkoti 34 km from Hatkoti 19. Archaeological sites temple temple temple Name of villages involved/Name Chidgaon, Shimla Chidgaon, Shimla 22. Sundasu, Shimla district of District district district Land to be permanently acquired: 23. a) Area (inha) 1.5 ha 2 ha. 1.752 ha. b) Cost Rs. 3.8 Carore Rs. 4.0 Crore Rs. 3.8 Crore Selected - No reserve forest areas. Optimal distance from the IPP’s Alternative Selected hence will reduce the mesh of transmission lines.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 122 | P a g e 3. Charor Sub-Station

S. No. Description Site - A Site - B Site - C Adjoining to Existing At Heribag near Existing At State Highway 1. Substation details 220 kV Chhor Bhunter- Manikaran substation Chhor substation 1a Area (dimensions) 11360 sqm. 11280 sqm. 7520 sqm. 31°54'32.65"N 31°54'32.10"N 31°54’49.47”N, 1b Geographical coordinates 77°10'55.81"E 77°11'25.21"E 77°10’ 40.60”E 1c Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1d Amount of land cutting required 10205 cu.m. 24200 cu.m 24276 cu.m 2 Number of transformers 1ph 3 No 3 No 3 No/ 3 Number of Bays 2 No 220 kV Bays 2 No 220 kv Bays 2 No 220 kV bays 60,000 ltr/ Underground 60,000 ltr/ 60,000 ltr/ Underground oil 4 Size/ type of oil sump Underground oil oil Sump Sump Sump Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ 5 Other Private Private/ forest Private. Government Department/ Other) Private land 1.136 ha 1.128 ha 0.752 ha

(i) Agriculture :- Nil a. Irrigated Yes Non irrigated Non irrigated b. Non-irrigated Nil 6 (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste Nil Banjar Nil land / banjar. (iii) House or Building: 1 no. under a. Residential Nil Nil construction house b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River Beas/ 2500 m Beas /2000m Beas/ 1500 m Distance from Nearest National / 7.b 2.5 km 3 km 800m State Highway Khonouru Thach Khonouru Thach Khonouru Thach 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area / 1750 m / 1650 m / 1850 m Distance from Nearest Village / 7.b Choror / 250 m Choror/ 750 m Kot/ 300 m town Distance from Nearest Market/Area 7.e of Economic Bhunter/ 9.5 km Bhunter/ 10 km Bhunter / 7 km. Activity Cohesive soil and Cohesive soil and soft 8. Land Strata- geology Cohesive soil and soft rock soft rock rock Approach road is 9. Road accessibility Accessible Accessible required to be constructed. 220 kV AD Hydro 132 kV MalanaBajaura EHV line Passing Near By 220 kV AD Hydro 10. transmission line/ transmission line (500 (Distance) transmission line/ (1500 m) (200m) m) HT line Passing Near By 11. Nil Nil Nil (Distance) Telephone line Passing Near By 12. Nil Nil Nil (Distance)

13. National / State Highway Passing 2.5 km 3 km 800 m

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 123 | P a g e Near By (Distance) Distance from Interstate / 175 km/ punjab 14. International 180 km/ punjab Border 178 km/ punjab Border Border Boundaries No. of Forest Trees:-a. Trees 15. to befelledb. Trees to be Nil Nil lopped 6 No. 16. No. of private trees

(i) FruitTrees: a. Trees to be felled b.Trees 117No. 75 No. 100 No. to belopped nil nil nil (ii) Non-Fruit Trees:

a. Trees to be felled b.Trees 10 No 25 No 50 N0. to belopped 17. Distance from snow area Snow Zone Snow Zone Snow Zone 18. Distance from un cultivated area 0.800KM 1.5KM 2KM 19. Altitude of substation 1365 m 1366 m 1197 m 20. Nearest distance from Airport Bhunter / 9.5 km Bhunter / 10 km Bhunter / 7 km. Distance from nearest religious or 21. Bijli mahadev /5.5 km Bijli Mahadev/ 6 km Bijli Mahadev 5 km. Archaeological sites Name of villages involved/Name of Revenue Village Revenue Village Shilihar/ Revenue Village 22. District Shilihar/ Distt. Kullu Distt. Kullu Shilihar/ Distt. Kullu Land to be permanently acquired: 23. a. Area (inha) 1.136 ha 1.128 ha 0.752 ha b. Cost.(Rs.) 57673884 - - Selected- No forest land & forest trees Alternative Selected impacted and away from the habitation.

4. LahalSub-Station

S. No. Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1 Substation details - - -

A Area (Dimensions) 38645 sqm. 18800 sqm. 15040 sqm. 32°28´13 N 32°26´31N 32°22´30 N B Geographical Coordinates 76°28´08E 76°28´03E 76°30´22E C Slope/Plain land Sloped Sloped Sloped D Amount of land cutting required 30000 cum 35000 cum 28000 cum 2 Nos. of Transformers One 33/220 kV One 33/220 kV One 33/220 kV 3 Nos. of Bays 12 12 12

4 Size/type of oil sump - - - 5 Ownership of land Private. Private Private

Private land

6 (i) Agriculture: - a. Irrigated ------b. Non-irrigated 38645 sqm. 18800 sqm. 15040 sqm. (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste ------land / banjar. (iii) House or Building: ------

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 124 | P a g e a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7a Distance from nearest River Ravi (0.5 km) Ravi (0.5 km) Ravi (0.5 km) Distance from nearest National/ 7b State Highway SH-33 (0 km) SH-33 (5 km) SH-33 (12 km) 7c Distance from nearest Forest Area ---nil------nil------nil--- 7d Distance from nearest Village/ town Lahal (Bharmour) Garola (Bharmour) Machhetar (Bharmour) Sandy Loam with Sandy Loam with 8 Land Strata- geology Sandy Loam with Quartzite origin Quartzite origin Quartzite origin 9 Road accessibility Yes Yes Yes 10 Nearest EHV line distance 2 km (Bhudhil yard) 3 km (Bhudhil yard) 10 km (Bhudhil yard) 11 Nearest HT line distance 0.05 km 0.1 km 0.2 km

12 Nearby Telephone line distance Nearby NH-20 (Pathankot-Mandi) 13 & SH (Pathankot- 160 & 0 km 160 & 5 km 167 & 12 km Bharmour) distance Distance from interstate/ 130 km from Punjab 130 km from Punjab 137 km from Punjab 14 international boundaries boundary boundary boundary Nos. of Forest Trees:- -- 15 a. Trees to befelledb. Trees -- --nil--- --nil--- to belopped --

Nos. of private trees 35 42

(i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to befelled 20 27 35 16 b. Trees to belopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees:

a. Trees to befelledb. Trees 1 8 7 to belopped 17 Distance from snow area -nil- -nil- -nil- 18 Distance from cultivated area -nil- -nil- -nil- 19 Altitude of substation 1600 m 1480 m 1690 m 20 Nearby Gaggal airport air distance 40 km 40 km 40 km Nearby religious or archaeological 21 site aerialDistance 7 km 9 km 16 km (ChaurasiTemple) 22 Name of village/District Lahal/ Chamba Garola/ Chamba Machhetar/ Chamba Land to be permanently acquired:

23 i) Area (Ha) 38645sqm. 15040 sqm. Rs. 2 18800 sqm. Rs. 5 Crores ii) Cost(Rs) Rs. 5 Crores Crores Selected - Away from protected/reserve forest area. No forest Altenative Selected tree involved and lies on shortest transmission line alignment

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 125 | P a g e Appendix-III:- Alternative Route Analysis for Transmission Line Sub- projects

1. Urni – WangtooTransmissionLine

S. Description Route-A Route-bB Route-C No. 1. Length of line 13.659 14.370 14.067 2. Canal / River crossings 1/3 1/3 1/3 (i) Forest Area (in Hectare) 3. 20-48-74 21-13-08 22-35-84 Development of Tower site 4. ‐ Number oftowers 49 46 42 5. Land Strata Hard Rock Hard Rock Hard Rock

Road accessibility 1.00km 1.250 km 1.50km 6. Private land (in ha.) 3.6 4 5

(i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated Nil Nil Nil b. Non-irrigated 7. (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land/banjar. 36000sqm 40000 sqm 50000 sqm (iii) House or Building: a. Residential Nil Nil Nil b. Non-Residential 8. EHV line Crossing 2 line 6 line 5 line 9. HT line crossings 1 line 2 line 2 line 10. Road crossing 6 line 6 line 6 line

11. National / State Highway Crossing nil Nil Nil 12. Telephone line crossing Nil Nil Nil

Length of line passing in the territory of 13. Nil Nil Nil other state Nos. of Forest Trees :- 14. a. Trees to befelled 71 No 230 No 192 No b. Trees to belopped 81 No (Saved)

Nos. of private trees

(i) Fruit Trees:

192 No a. Trees to befelledb. Trees to be 50 No 230 No 15. lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be 21 No 230 No 230 No lopped 16. Length of line in snow area (km) 13.538 14.370 14.067 17. Length of line in non-snow area Nil Nil Nil 18. Length of line in cultivated area nil 0.650 km 0.700 km 19. Length of line in un-cultivated area (km) nil nil nil 20. Highest altitude en-route the line 2480 m 2500 m 2200 m 200km 200km 200km 21. Nearest distance from Airport Shimla Shimla Shimla Distance from nearest religious or 22. Chhitkul 45km Chhitkul 45km Chhitkul 45km Archaeological sites

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 126 | P a g e Kutoun, Urni, Choling Kutoun, Urni, Kutoun, Urni, Tapri, Dharmlin, Choling, Tapri, Choling, Tapri, 23. Name of villages involved/Name of District Dharmlin, Yashing, Dharmling, Yashing, Yashing, Dharyashing Distt. Dharyashing Distt. Dharyashing Distt. Kinnaur Kinnaur Kinnaur Land to be permanently acquired: 24. a. Area (inha) 0.518 ha 1 ha 2 ha b. Cost Selected- Least number of trees to be felled as Alternative Selected compared to other routes and least forestland involvement.

2. Sunda - Hatkoti Transmission Line

S. No. Description Route A – (Red) Route B (Blue) Route C (Black)

1 Approximate line length in km 25.125 22.450 21.570

2 River/Nalla Crossing 9 7 7

3 Forest Area (in Hectare) 22.9585 28.665 21.595

Development of Tower site

Number of Towers 69 73 67

4 Number of Gantries Nil 4 nil

Land to be acquired for Tower base (in ha) 1.5525 ha 2.92 Ha 2.68 Ha bench 20.00X 20.00 normal

Land strata of tower locations

Non Cohesive 0 40 32

5 Cohesive 0 18 19 Soft rock 69 6 8 Hard rock 0 9 8 6 Road accessibility in km (Average lead 0.80 km 1.20 km 1.50km from road to proposed line route.)

Approximate Private land involvement in hectares for the line.

i. Agricultural (in Ha)

Cultivated c. Irrigated 0 5.880 Nil 7 d. Non-irrigated 35.16 22.155 20.825 ii. Un Cultivated 29.81 13.965 21.490 iii. House or Building - - - c. Residential - - - d. Nonresidential Nil nil nil

8 Approximate EHV line crossing in no. 0 times nil nil

9 H T / 11kV line crossing in Approximate 13 times 14 times 11 times Nos.

10 Road crossing in Approximate Nos. 5 times 20 times 12 times

11 National /State crossing in Approximate 1 NIL NIL Nos.

12 Telephone line crossing in Approximate Nil Nil Nil

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 127 | P a g e Nos.

length of route / line passing in the territory 13 Nil NIL NIL of other state

Approximate Nos. of Trees in Forest land 14 a. Cutting 81 85 60 b. Noncutting 40 126 54 Approximate Nos. of Private Trees in line route

i. fruit trees a. Cutting 56 45 109 b. Non cutting 15 88 60 70

ii. Non-fruittreesa. Cutting 15 16 20 b. Non cutting 25 32 40 Approximate Length of line route in snow zone area 25.125 22.450 21.570 16 (in km) 69 73 67 Nos. of towers Approximate Length of line route in non- Nil nil nil 17 snow zone 0 0 0 area (in km) Nos. of towers Approximate Length of line route in 18 cultivated area (in km) 5.76 8.010 5.950 Nos. of towers 20 30 23 Approximate Length of line route in Un- cultivated area 12.80 3.990 6.140 19 (in km) 33 12 21 Nos. of towers 6.56 9.180 6.170 Approximate Length of line route in 20 Government/ Shamlat area (in km) Nos. of 16 22 15 towers Reserved forest Nil 2.260 3.310 Selected- Less tree Alternative chosen cutting and away from the habitation

3. Charor-Banala TransmissionLine

S. Route – A Route – B Route – C Description No. (Red) (Blue) (Green)

1. Length of line 17.575 KM 19.346 KM 21.366 Km

2. Canal / River crossings 2 2 2

36.7296 4.645 5.1 3. (i) Forest Area (in Hectare)

Development of Tower site 4. - Number of towers along with gantries 63 66 68 - Land to be acquired for tower base 0.7583 1.032 1.9788

Land Strata of Tower Location

Non Cohesive 20% 40% 47% 5. Cohesive 40% 23% 23%

Soft Rock 19% 19% 19%

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 128 | P a g e

Hard Rock 31% 16% 21%

6. Road accessibility 0.43% 0.50% 0.65%

Agriculture Private land (in ha.)

(i):-Cultivated 32 41 49 - Irrigated 0 0 0 - Non-irrigated 0 0 0

7. (ii) Non-Agriculture / Private waste land. 5.00 6.06 7.01

(iii) House or Building: - Residential - - - - Non-Residential

8. Approximate EHV line crossing in No. 1 1 1

9. HT/11kV line crossing in approximate No. 5 8 7

10 Road crossing in approximate No. 5 7 7

National/ State crossing in approximate 11. 3 3 3 N0.

Telephone line crossing in approximate 12. 4 8 6 No.

Length of Route/ line passing in the 13. 0 0 0 territory of other state

Nos. of Forest Trees :- 14. - Trees to be felled 221 323 345 - Trees to be lopped 152 210 248

Nos. of private trees

Fruit Trees: - Trees to be felled 486 598 887 15. - Trees to be lopped 10 289 299

Non-Fruit Trees: - Trees to be felled 105 545 623 - Trees to be lopped 23 78 112

16. Length of line in mountainous area 100% 100% 100%

17. Length of line in non-mountainous area 0% 0% 0%

Length of line in cultivated /horticultural 18. 7.048 6.500 8.510 area

19. Length of line in un-cultivated area

20. Highest altitude en-route the line 1500m 1545m 1560m

21 Distance from nearest airport 5500m 6000m 6550m

Distance from nearest religious or 22 1000 700 900 archaeological sites

Charor,Lashani,Birni , Charor,Lashani,Birni, Charor,Lashani,Birni, Hawai,Sayah,Lingna Lingna,Boshadhar, Hawai,Sayah,Lingna,B ,Boshadhar, Dyiar, 23 Name of villages involved/Name of District oshadhar, Dyiar, Dyiar,Tharas,Goradh Tharas, Garsa, Bhedhu farm ar, Dalashani, GoradharDalashani, Tharas,Goradhar Banala /Kulu Banala Dalashani, Banala /Kulu /Kulu

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 129 | P a g e

Land to be permanently acquired: 0.7583 0.8595 0.9635 24 - Area (inha) - Cost. 3crore 3.4crore 3.8crore

Selected- Less tree Alternative chosen cutting and away from the habitation

4. Lahal - Budhil TransmissionLine

S. No. Description Route-A Route-B Route-C 1. Length of line 1.895 km 1.921 km 2.371 km 2. Canal / River crossings Ravi Ravi Ravi 3. Forest Area (in Hectare) 3.175 4.820 5.01 Development of Tower site 8 nos. 8 nos. 9 nos. 4. ‐ Number oftowers 15X15 sqm. 15X15 sqm. 15X15 sqm. ‐ Land to be acquired for towerbase Sandy Loam of Sandy Loam of Sandy Loam of 5. Land Strata Quartzite Quartzite Quartzite Yes (Chamba- Yes (Chamba- Yes (Chamba- 6. Road accessibility Bharmour Bharmour Bharmour State Highway) State Highway)s State Highway)

7. Private land (in ha.)

(i) Agriculture:- Nil Nil Nil a. Irrigated Nil Nil Nil b. Non-irrigated 2.661 1.550 2.936 (ii) Non-Agriculture / Private waste land / banjar. Nil Nil Nil

(iii) House or Building: a. Residential Nil 01 01 b. Non-Residential Nil Nil Nil

8. EHV line Crossing Nil Nil Nil

9. HT line crossings 01 nos. 01 nos. 01 nos.

10. Road crossing 01 01 01

11. National / State Highway Crossing 01 01 01

12. Telephone line crossing Nil Nil Nil Length of line passing in the territory of 13. other state Nil Nil Nil

Nos. of Forest Trees :- 14. a. Trees to be felled b. Trees tobe 55 60 65 lopped Nil 10 20

15. Nos. of private trees

22 35 40 (i) FruitTrees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be Nil Nil Nil lopped Nil Nil Nil

18 20 12 (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be Nil Nil Nil lopped Nil Nil Nil

16. Length of line in snow area 1.767 km. 1.921Km. 2.371 km.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 130 | P a g e 17. Length of line in non-snow area Nil Nil Nil

18. Length of line in cultivated area 0.7599 km. 0.4430 km. 0.839 km.

19. Length of line in un-cultivated area 0.9061 km. 1.377 km. 1.431 km.

20. Highest altitude en-route the line 2100.27 m. 2095.00 m. 2105.00 m.

21. Nearest distance from Airport 200 km. 200 km. 200 km.

7 km.(Chaurasi 7 km.(Chaurasi 7 km.(Chaurasi 22. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites Temple) Temple) Temple)

Khanni, Khanni, 23. Name of villages involved/Name of District Khanni, Lahal/Chamba Lahal/Chamba Lahal/Chamba Land to be permanently acquired: 24. a. Area (inha) Nil Nil Nil b. Cost Selected- Less tree Alternative Selected cutting and away from the habitation

5. Kangra - Dehra TransmissionLine

S. No. Description Route A – (Route-1) Route B (Route-2) Route C (Route-3)

1 Approximate line length in km 17.39 16.00 15.038

2 River/Nalla Crossing (Nos) 19 10 15

3 Forest Area (in Hectare) 5-80-000 Hac 3-30-000 Hac 22-80-05 Hac

Development of Tower site

Number of Towers - - 54 4 Land to be acquired for Tower base (in - - 0-08-60 Hac ha) bench 20.00X 20.00 normal

Road accessibility in km (Average lead 5 3.00 3.00 2.50 from road to proposed line route.)

Approximate Private land involvement in hectares for the line.

i. Agricultural (in Ha) Cultivated 02-24-45 Hac 04-27-50 Hac - c. Irrigated 6 d. Non-irrigated ii. Un Cultivated 47-71-20 Hac 43-70-70 Hac 05-69-42 Hac iii. House or Building Nil Nil Nil c. Residential Nil Nil Nil d. Nonresidential 7 Approximate EHV line crossing in no. 1

H T / 11kV line crossing in Approximate 5 4 8 5 Nos.

9 Road crossing in Approximate Nos. - - 2

National /State Boundary crossing in Nil Nil 10 Nil Approximate Nos.

Telephone line crossing in Approximate 11 Nil Nil Nil Nos.

length of route / line passing in the 12 Nil Nil Nil territory of other state

13 Approximate Nos. of Trees in Forest land

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 131 | P a g e

a. Cutting 109 362 228 b. Noncutting 393 Approximate Nos. of Private Trees in line 14 route 260 100 72 Approximate Length of line route in snow Nil Nil Nil zone area

15 (in km) Nil Nil Nil Nos. of towers Approximate Length of line route in non- 17.39 16.00 15.038 16 snow zone area (in km) Nos. of towers - - 54 Approximate Length of line route in - - - 17 cultivated area (in km) Nos. of towers - - -

Approximate Length of line route in Un- - - 15.038 cultivated area 18 (in km) - - 54 Nos. of towers Approximate Length of line route in - - 5.40 Kms 19 Government/ Shamlat area (in km) Nos. of towers Reserved forest - - 18 Selected – Shortest route, Less tree Alternative chosen - - cutting and away from the habitation

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 132 | P a g e Appendix-IV:- Details of Public Consultations Conducted During Original IEE Preparation in 2012

A4.I. Village wise List of the participants and their occupation are given in Tables A7.1-12 below.

COMPONENT I . Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects

TableA4.1 Villages involved in consultation at Subproject T1 - 66 kV double circuit (D/C) Transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GISsubstation Sl No Village Panchayat Districts Distancefrom Number of the District Participants HeadQuarters 1 Chagaon Chagaon Kinnaur 5 km 6 2 Janakpuri (old Tapri) Chagoan Kinnaur 7 km 11

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHAGAON 1 Mr. Ashok Negi Horticulture 2 Mr. Satya pal Horticulture 3 Mr. Durga Singh Negi Horticulture 4 Mr. Bhagat Negi Government Job 5 Mr. Jiya Lal Negi Horticulture 6 Mr. Shiv Singh Negi Government Job Name of the Village: JANAKPURI (OLD TAPRI) 1 Mr. Chaman Lal Tailor 2 Mr. Dev Chand Carpenter 3 Mr. Dharam Chand Horticulture 4 Mr. Radhey Lal Horticulture 5 Mr. Dharmu Horticulture 6 Mr. Subash Carpenter 7 Mr. Jalhma Horticulture 8 Mrs. Neema Devi Housewife 9 Mrs. Yasoda Housewife 10 Mrs. Sarajani Housewife 11 Mrs. Taramani Housewife

TableA4.2 Consultation at Subproject S1 - 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) Switching station atUrni SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participant District Head s Quarters 1 Urni Urni Kinnaur 3KM 17

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: URNI 1 Mrs. Banwari Horticulture 2 Mr. Roop Singh Horticulture 3 Mr. Saran Dev Horticulture 4 Mr. Sunil Horticulture 5 Mr. Ram Bhagat Horticulture 6 Mr. Shyam sunder Horticulture 7 Mr. Sali Gram Horticulture 8 Mr. Sita Ram Horticulture 9 Mr. Raj Kumar Horticulture 10 Mr. Sanam Horticulture

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 133 | P a g e SNo Name of the Participants Occupation 11 Mr. Sanjeet Horticulture 12 Mr. Parkash Chand Horticulture 13 Mr. Ram Bhagat Horticulture 14 Mr. Chander Singh Horticulture 15 Mr. Santu Ram Horticulture 16 Mr. Mohan singh Horticulture 17 Mr. Birbal Horticulture

COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects Table A4.3 Consultation at Subproject S2 - 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) atLahal SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Lahal Khanni Chamba 64 km 14

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: 1 Mr. Babu Ram Ward Member 2 Mr. Barfi Ram Shop Keeper 3 Mr. Gyan Singh Government Job 4 Mr. Madhoo Ram Government Job 5 Mr. Raghu Ram Labour Job 6 Mr. Bharat Ram Labour Job 7 Mr. Jagat Ram Agriculture 8 Mr. Shakti Prasad Agriculture 9 Mr. Anil Kumar Labour Job 10 Mr. Shyam Lal Unemployed 11 Mr. Kashi Ram Government Job 12 Mr. Dimple Kumar Student 13 Mr. Kartar Singh Unemployed 14 Mr. Suresh Kumar Unemployed

Table A4.6 List of Participants for Consultation at Subproject 132 kV S/C transmission line from Chambi(Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmissionline SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Smirpur Smirpur (Charvan) Kangra 9 km 07 2 Thiyara Thiyara Kangra 18 km 09 3 Smirpur Khas Smirpur Khas Kangra 06 12

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: SMIRPUR 1. Mr. Ram Krishan Agriculture 2. Mr. Surjeet Singh Government Job 3. Mr. Raj Kumar Agriculture 4. Mr. Veer Singh Agriculture 5. Mr. Baldev Singh Agriculture 6. Mr. Bhagwan Das Retired

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 134 | P a g e 7. Mr. Vipin Kumar Agriculture Name of the Village: THIYARA 1. Mrs. Kanchan Chowdhary Sarpanch 2. Mr. Vijay Singh Kothi Agriculture 3. Mr. Mr. Akshay Kumar Teacher 4. Mr. Om Prakash Agriculture 5. Mr. Pritam Chand Agriculture 6. Mr. Satish Agriculture 7. Mr. Deshraaj Agriculture 8. Mr. Mr. Ramesh Agriculture 9. Mr. Jagroop Agriculture Name of the Village: SMIRPUR KHAS 1. Mrs. Rita Mankotia Agriculture 2. Mr. Cap. Mehboob Singh Agriculture 3. Mrs. RamitaMankotia Agriculture 4. Mr. Ashok Mankotia Agriculture 5. Mr. Ranjeet Mankotia Service 6. Mr. Sushil Kumar Service 7. Mr. K.S Guleria Service 8. Mrs. Poonam Kumari Service 9. Mrs. Shashi Mankotia Service 10 Mr. Vijay Sharma Agriculture 11 Mrs. Jagdamba Devi Agriculture 12 Mrs. Beena Devi Agriculture

TableA4.7 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S4 - 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS atSunda SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Chirgaon Chirgaon Shimla 150 km 10

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHIRGAON 1. Mr. Rajinder Singh Agriculture 2. Mr. Shemsher Singh Agriculture 3. Mr. Kundan Lal Agriculture 4. Mr. Bhisan Singh Agriculture 5. Mr. Sunil Kumar Agriculture 6. Mr. Jawahar lal Agriculture 7. Mr. Devinder Singh Agriculture 8. Mr. Fakir Chand Agriculture 9. Mr. Bhagwan Das Agriculture 10. Mr. Gyan Chand Agriculture

COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects

Table A4.8 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject T5 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substationof PGCIL SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 135 | P a g e 1 Chharor Chharor Kullu 17 11 2 Diyar Diyar Kullu 25 08 3 Tharas Rot Kullu 18 10

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHHAROR 1. Mr. Hari Singh Agriculture 2. Mr. Mahender Singh Agriculture 3. Smt. Neelama Devi Agriculture 4. Smt. Asha Sharma Agriculture 5. Mr. Devender Singh Agriculture 6. Mr. Narayan Singh Agriculture 7. Mr. Nayalu Ram Agriculture 8. Smt. Lotama Devi Agriculture 9. Smt. Indira Devi Agriculture 10 Smt. Oma Devi Agriculture 11 Smt. Ramana Devi Agriculture Name of the Village: DIYAR 1. Mr. Om Prakash Agriculture 2. Mr. Deendyal Sharma Agriculture 3. Mr. Dhale Ram Agriculture 4. Mr. Fateh Chand Sikari Agriculture 5. Mr. Ram Prakash Sharma Agriculture 6. Mr. Tule Ram Business 7. Mr. Diya Singh Un- Employed 8. Mr. Dilip Kumar Agriculture Name of the Village: THARAS 1. Mr. Viru Ram Agriculture 2. Mr. Subhash Gautam Agriculture 3. Mr. Chetan Lal Agriculture 4. Smt. KalzungKizom Agriculture 5. Smt. Nago Devi Agriculture 6. Smt. Meera Devi Agriculture 7. Smt. Gayatri Devi Agriculture 8. Mr. Inder Singh Agriculture 9. Mr. Kehar Singh Agriculture 10 Mr. Hem Raj Diwan Service

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 136 | P a g e A4.II. General Perception and Summary of Consultations are given in Table A4.9below.

Table-A4.9: Summary of Consultations

Issues Discussed People’s Views and perception General Perception about Project Almost all the villages reported that people are aware about the project. However, people at Chharor village showed apprehension and didn’t want the project to be initiated in their land as they had bad experience in earlier private sector project. As they have very limited land, they did not want to sacrifice their land for this project. People in general felt that roads and electricity will improve with the initiation of this project. Furthermore, the villagers of ZanakPuri (old Tapri) under UrniWangtoo, people believe that project will improve the electricity in the village. Similarly the people of Lahal, at Lahal substation stated that they will provide support if their demands of good compensationandpermanentjobsintheprojectispromised.

Support of local people for proposed People at most of the villages unequivocally agreed that they will project support the project. Critical issue and concern by the local Majority of people did not mention about any critical issues related to people for the project the project. People at ZanakPuri under Urni-Wangtoo substation doubted that the project might reduce the availability of electricity inthe village due to export (transmission to the grid) of electricity. Criteria liked to see during project Adequate safety measures are needed to be taken during construction design, operation stage and and post construction. construction Employment potential in the project Most of the villages want that the project should offer labour jobs during and after the implementation of the project. Moreover, majority of villages perceive that the youths are educated and they will get jobs during construction and after the construction of the project. Similarly, most of the villages opined that they have utility vehicles and the project should use this during and after the implementation of project. The villagers of Thiyara under Chambi substation opined that some of theyouthsarediplomaholdersinelectricjobsandtheprojectshould employ them. Ethnic Minorities Projects under Kinnaur district is declared as tribal area. Zanakpuri under Urni-Wangtoo substation and Urni under Urni substation belong to designated area of Kinnaur. No of shops/commercial No large scale commercial activities are found in the villages except establishments few small shops in each village. Commercial activities in the form of different types of shops are present in 3 villages. 70 to 100 shops (the maximum number) fall within the village which is having 40 to 50 shops followed by Chirgaon under Sunda substation. Similarly in Thyara village under chambi substation there are about 25-30 shops. and Chirgaon are also large villages having 750 to 800 households. In Chambi village commercial establishments are moderately present and number varies between 10 to 15 shops. All other villages have at least 4 to 10 shops. village does not have any commercialestablishment.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 137 | P a g e Number of industrial units In the subproject area, large industries are not present. Very few small scale industrial units and cottage industries are seen. In 9 villages covered there are no industrial units or cottage industries. However, Lahal and Urni have some small scale and cottage industries. In Lahal, there is 1wool weaving unit, 2 oil refining units, 2 wood cutting units and 1 furniture shop. Similarly, in Urni there is 1 cottage industry making shawls and 3 wood cutting units. Likewise, there are 2 flour mills in Barsini. In the village Chambi, an herbal factory is there 5 km away from thevillage. Socio economic standing: land use, Invariably agriculture and horticulture are dominant occupation of the cropping pattern subproject area in all the villages. Similarly, agriculture, labour and services are major occupations in the villages. In 10 villages, agriculture is at least one of the major occupations. Similarly, in 9 villages horticulture is one of the main occupations. Likewise in 5 villages, both agriculture and horticulture are major economic activities. Floriculture is one of the occupations of villagers in . White collar jobs in government and private sectors was a major occupation in 5 villages. In agriculture, wheat and maize are major crops cultivated and followed by rice, vegetables, pulses (like kidney beans) is being cultivated in the villages. The cost of maize is Rs 1000/- per quintal, wheat is Rs. 1000 to Rs.1200/- per quintal and rice is Rs. 1800/- per quintal in the subproject area. Apple, Plum, Pomegranate, Pear, Naspati, Apricot, Chilgoand Mango are some of the horticultural produce of the area. In the project area, 6 villages have small farmers who had land possession in the range of 5 to 20 Bigha, whereas in 4 villages had big farmers whose average land possession ranged from 70 to 100Bigha. Sources of irrigation Almost all the villages rely on natural resources like rainwater and spring for irrigation. Only 4 of the villages have access tocanal water for irrigation. Access to Forest Land and Use Chambiand Lahal are the two villages those don’t have access to forest in their areas. All other villages have access toforestland and mainly use forest produce for fodder for the animals. Sources of power supply All the areas covered during consultation admitted of getting power from the government sources. Sources of electricity Similarly, the source of electricity is the government grid for all the areas covered. Average amount of electricity used by The average unit varies in the range of 2 to 8 units per households per per household day. Unit Rate All the villagers reported that they spend in the range of Rs. 0.70 to Rs. 1.50 only per 1 unit consumption of electricity. Average total monthly expenditure per The average monthly bill varies between the range of Rs. 175/- to Rs. household on grid electricity 275/- per month as reported by all the households.

Other non-grid electricity to use in Nothing your village and expenditure Source of drinking water For drinking water, most villages have multiple sources. Majority, about 11, villages use natural water mostly spring water for drinking purpose, besides other sources. Similarly the government supply of IPH water is used by 8 villages. In Lahal, there is a water tank in the village. Similarly, in Samirpur, Chambi and Thiyara villages, the villagers also use water from tube wells for drinking purpose. In Chirgaon, besides natural water people also use canal water for drinking.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 138 | P a g e Loss of residential / commercial No loss of structures or buildings anticipated. structures, if any due to the project Loss of community life like any Market Nothing was reported in terms of loss of community property. Places or community activities to be affected Shortage of water for human There is no shortage of water for human consumption. However, the consumption, irrigation, and other villagers of Lahal reported that there is shortage of water for irrigation. downstream uses Negative impact on food grain, There is noperceived negative impact on food grainbut in and availability /land use Chirgaon, the villagers felt that there might be crop related losses during the time of construction of theproject. Will project cause landslides or soil Majority of the villages covered denied that the project will cause any erosion landslides or soil erosion, except 3 of the villages. The villagers of ,Chagaon and Janakpuri, feel that there might be soil erosion during the time of construction of the project. Will project cause widespread None reported by all the villages. imbalance Will project cause health and safety Only one village feel that the project may cause health problems. issues Resettlement and land acquisition People expect minor land acquisition which can still be managed with proper compensation Protected areas No such protected area has been reported Health status There is no evidence of any health related problems in the sub project area. All villages reported that people are healthy. In 10 villages, a primary health centre is available. In 2 villages, ayurvedic dispensary is also available along with primary health centre. In other villages, a hospital is accessible within a distance of 5 to 9 km. Few villages reported that people are aware of HIV/AIDS and about sexually transmitted diseases. Will project setting change migration None reported by all the villages. pattern of animals Will project site adversely impact the None reported by all the villages. water and soil Educational status Most of the villages have literacy rate of 85 %. In only 2 villages, the literacy rate is about 60 % to 65 %. Employment status Invariably agriculture and horticulture are dominant occupation of the subproject area in all the villages. In 10 villages, agriculture is one of the major occupations. Similarly, in 9 villages, horticulture is one of the main occupations. Majority about 80 % of the population are engaged in agriculture. Likewise, in 5 villages both agriculture and horticulture are major economic activities. White-collar jobs both in government and private sectors are major occupations in 5 villages. In these villages about 25 % of the households are in white collar jobs. In Urni village about 50 % of the households are depending on labour work. In Chambi 40 % of the population are unemployed. Migration pattern All the villages reported of “in” migration. There is no “out” migration. Type of compensation expected All the villages expect cash compensation. The villagers of Chharor do not want to provide any land to the project. Perceived benefits from project Villagers perceive that roads and street light might improve due to the project. Majority villages feel that there will be job opportunities will improve for the people. Similarly, the villagers also perceive that they will get labour jobs during and after implementation of project. Some of the villages feel that utility vehicle will be used during and after the implementation of project.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 139 | P a g e Perceived loss Most of the villages fear that they will lose land. Other organizations active in the area In all the villages Mahila Mandal (women groups) are present. Few of the villages have Yuvak Mandal (youth groups). In Urni village, there are about 9 organisations. Village Committee In all the villages, the decisions are taken by gram Panchayat and Gramsabha held on any critical and community related issues. All the Panchayat members and Sarpanch actively participate to take a decision on any community related issues. Other issuers In most villages, people welcomed the project and agreed to cooperate during the implementation of project. Some of the villages demand that power should be available for 24 hours. As discussed the villagers of Chharor are against the project. The villagers of Zanakpuri need primary health care centre and a high school in their village. Usefulness of consultation All the villagers admitted that the consultation is useful, and happy as they got an opportunity to share their views before the government officials. Involvement of people in All the participants during the consultation admitted that the local implementation people will provide full cooperation and involvement forthe implementation of the project. As discussed the villagers of Chharaor are against the project.

This general perception document is common with the Resettlement Planning document prepared for the project.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 140 | P a g e Appendix-V:- Details of Participants and Photographs of Public Consultation Organised during Upadation of IEE in March & April, 2018

Consultation Attendance Sheet

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 141 | P a g e

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 142 | P a g e

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 143 | P a g e

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 144 | P a g e Consultation Photographs

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 145 | P a g e Appendix-VI:- Grievance Redressal Committee

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 146 | P a g e Appendix-VII:- Environment and Social Monitoring Cell (ESC)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 147 | P a g e

Appendix-VIII:- Copies of Forest Clerances. Copy of Final Forest Clearance of 66 kV DC Line from Urni SS to Wangtoo SS

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 148 | P a g e

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 149 | P a g e Copy of Forest Clearance Transfer Letter for 220 kVLine from Lahal SS to BudhilHEP

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 150 | P a g e Copy of Forest Clearance of 220 kV DC Line from SundatoHatkoti

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 151 | P a g e

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 152 | P a g e Copy of Forest Clearance of LILO of 132kV Kangra-Dehra Line at Chambi

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 153 | P a g e

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 154 | P a g e

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 155 | P a g e Copy of Forest Clearance of 220 kV Line from Charor to400kV Banala SubStation

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 156 | P a g e

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 157 | P a g e

Appendix-IX: - Environment Management Plan (EMP)

Potential Standards/ Parameters to be Institutional Implementation Project Activity Environmental Mitigation Action Measurement/ Monitored Responsibility Schedule Impact Frequency PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE A PhysicalResources Equipment specifications Release of PCBs, Chlorofluorocarbons Transformers and Exclusion of PCBs, and design parameters chemicals and (CFCs), including halons other equipment CFCs stated in harmful gases in not used in transformers, or specifications tender documents - Detailed Design receptors (air, any otherequipment. compliant with Once. water,land) GoIrules/regulations HPPTCL &(Internati onal Electro- technical Commission) IEC standards B EnvironmentResources Location of land for Impact to the Construction facilities Water and Air Quality Air quality Detailed Design/ substations/transmission existing should be placed at suitable Standards and Planning Stage towers environment distance from water bodies, Water Quality natural flow paths, standards –Once HPPTCL important ecological habitats andresidential areas Substation location and Noise generation Substation Expected noise Noise control Detailed Design/ design Exposure to noise, location/designed to ensure emissions based on regulations Planning Stage Nuisance to noise will not be a nuisance substation design, Noise levels to be HPPTCL neighbouring to neighbouring properties. noiselevels specified in tender properties documents-Once Location of transmission Impact on water Consideration of site Site location, Consultation with towers and transmission bodies / land/ location to avoid water transmission line local authorities Part of detailed project line alignment and design residences bodies or agricultural alignment selection and land owners, siting, survey and land/orchards as much as (distance to dwelling, water quality HPPTCL design. possible. water and/or standards-Once Careful site selection to agriculturalland) avoid existing settlements

158 | P a g e Interference with drainage Temporary flooding Appropriate siting of towers Site location and Consultation with Detailed alignment patterns/Irrigation hazards/loss of to avoid channel transmission line local authorities HPPTCL survey anddesign channels agricultural interference alignment selection and design

Project Activity Potential Standards/ Parameters to be Institutional Implementation Environmental Mitigation Action Measurement/ Monitored Responsibility Schedule Impact Frequency production engineers – Once C EcologicalResources Encroachment into Loss of precious Avoid encroachment by Floral and faunal Enumeration of Detailed precious ecologicalareas ecological values/ careful site and alignment habitatsloss flora and fauna at design/planning stage damage to precious selection and site - Once ESC of HPPTCL species reconnaissance beforefinal siting of facilities. D HumanEnvironment Involuntary resettlement or Loss of lands and Compensation paid for Public complaints Rates paid as per Prior to Construction land acquisition structures temporary/ permanent loss the Resettlement phase/land acquisition of productive land plan/Frame work ESC of HPPTCL for the project– Once Encroachment into Loss of agricultural Avoid siting towers on Tower location and Consultation with Part of detailed farmland productivity farmland/orchards transmission line local authorities alignment, survey and whereverpossible alignment selection and design design. Statutory approvals engineers -Once for tree trimming

/removal from ESC of HPPTCL Horticulture Farmers compensated for department any permanent loss of Implementation of productive fruit trees that crop and tree need to be trimmed or compensation (based removed along RoW. on affected area) Location and design of Disturbance to Maintain adequate Transformers and Technical Detailed Substation adjacent lands and clearance, construction of specifications and specification- Once design/planning stage the people due to retaining structures, compliance with Measure setback HPPTCL cut and fill minimise cut and fill setback distances distances to operations operations adjoiningthe (“as-built”diagrams) nearest house dwellings structures – Once

159 | P a g e Location of transmission Exposure to Setback of dwellings to Tower location and Setback distances towers and transmission Electro-magnetic overhead line route transmission line to nearest houses, Part of tower siting line alignment and design Frequency (EMF) designed in accordance alignment selection clearance of survey and detailed HPPTCL and other safety with Indian Electricity Act with respect to conductor from alignment survey and related risks (Rule 77 & 80)for each nearest dwellings– ground – design permitted level of power Once Once Potential Standards/ Parameters to be Institutional Implementation Project Activity Environmental Mitigation Action Measurement/ Monitored Responsibility Schedule Impact Frequency frequency and its proper supervision at each tower site. Explosions/Fire Hazards to life Design of substations to Substation design Tender document Part of detailed include modern fire control compliance with fire to mention detailed substation layout and systems/firewalls. prevention and specifications – design/drawings controlcodes Once HPPTCL Provision of firefighting equipment to be located close to transformers, switchgear CONSTRUCTION PHASE A PhysicalResources Site clearance Soil erosion and Construction near seasonal Soil erosion Visual inspection Construction period surface runoff rivers, erosion and flood- (Turbidity and prone areas should be sedimentation) – restricted to the non-rainy Once season. Provision and maintenance Contractor of drains and retention through contract ponds. provisions under Treat clearing and filling supervision of areas against flow HPPTCL acceleration and construction work should be carefully designed to minimise obstruction or destruction to natural drainage. Removal of disturbance to Public Advance notice to the Disruption to other Technical Throughout public utility services- inconvenience public about the time and commercial and specification – per construction period Water supply, sanitation the duration of the utility public activities/public public complaint – disruption. complaints Once each time

160 | P a g e Use of well trained and experienced machinery operators to reduce accidental damage to the Potential Standards/ Parameters to be Institutional Implementation Project Activity Environmental Mitigation Action Measurement/ Monitored Responsibility Schedule Impact Frequency public utilities - pipelines

Restore the utilities immediately to overcome public inconvenience Equipment layout and SF6 leakage during Record of all substation Switchgear casings As per throughout installation storage and switchgear, cylinders and substation (International construction/erection erection of located within secure boundedarea. Electro-technical Switchgear casings Commission) IEC standards - Once per year Surplus earthwork/soil Runoff to cause Excess fill from tower Location and amount Appropriate fill Construction Period water pollution, foundation excavation to be (m3) of fill disposal disposal and solid wastedisposal reused on site or disposed Soil disposal locations dispersal locations of next to roads or around and volume (m3) - Quarterly houses, in agreement with the local community or landowners. B EnvironmentResources Equipment layout and Noise and Selection of construction Construction Minimal ground Construction Period installation vibrations techniques and machinery techniques and disturbance - to minimise ground machinery Monthly disturbance. Substation construction Loss of soil Cutting and filling for the Borrow area siting CPCB norms - Contractor Construction Period substation foundations (area of site in m2 Quarterly through contract obtained by creating or andestimated volume provisions under improving local drainage inm3) supervision of system. ESC, HPPTCL Water pollution Minimize construction Water Quality (pH, GoI water quality Construction Period activities involving BOD/COD, standards – Once significant ground suspended solids, prior to start of disturbance (i.e. substation other) during major construction land forming) during the earthworks activities monsoon season. Provide drains and retentionponds if required.

161 | P a g e Provision of facilities for Contamination of Construction workforce Amenities for Presence of proper Construction Period Potential Standards/ Parameters to be Institutional Implementation Project Activity Environmental Mitigation Action Measurement/ Monitored Responsibility Schedule Impact Frequency construction workers receptors (land, facilities to include proper Workforce. sanitation, water water, air) sanitation, water supply and supply and waste waste disposal facilities. disposal facilities - Once Mechanised construction Noise, vibration and Construction equipment to Construction Technical Construction Period operator safety, be well maintained. techniques and specifications, efficient operation equipment - safety regulations, estimated noise Noise control Contractor Noise, vibration, Construction techniques and emissions and regulations - through contract equipment wear Machinery operatingschedules Quarterly provisions under andtear selection to minimize ground supervision of disturbance. HPPTCL Proper maintenance and turning off plant not in use. Construction of roads for Increase in airborne Existing roads and tracks Access roads, routes Use of established Contractor through Construction Period accessibility to substations dust particles used for construction and (length and width of roads wherever contract maintenance access to the access roads) possible provisions under Increased land site wherever possible. Access restricted to supervision of requirement for a minimum ofsingle HPPTCL temporary New access ways restricted carriageway width- accessibility to a minimum of single Once carriageway width. C EcologicalResources Site clearance Vegetation Marking of vegetation to be Vegetation marking Clearance strictly Contractor Construction Period removed prior to clearance, and clearance control limited to target through contract and strict control on (area in m2) vegetation-Once provisions under clearing activities toensure supervision of minimal clearance. HPPTCL Trimming/cutting of trees Loss of vegetation Trees that can survive Species-specific tree Presence of target Construction Period within RoW and deforestation cutting should be pruned. retention as approved species in RoW HPPTCL, by statutory following Contractor Felled trees and other authorities (average vegetation through contract cleared or pruned and maximum tree clearance –Once. provisions under vegetation to be disposed height at maturity, in supervision of offbyauthorised meters) forest department agents/forest department.

162 | P a g e

Potential Standards/ Parameters to be Institutional Implementation Project Activity Environmental Mitigation Action Measurement/ Monitored Responsibility Schedule Impact Frequency Disposal of cleared vegetation as approved by the statutoryauthorities (area cleared in m2) Wood/ vegetation Loss of vegetation Construction workers Illegal Complaints by local Construction Period HPPTCL, harvesting, and deforestation prohibited from harvesting wood/vegetation people or other Contractor cut and fill operations wood in the project area harvesting (area in evidence of illegal through contract during theiremployment. m2, number of harvesting – Once provisions. incidents reported) Effect on fauna Prevent work force from Habitat loss Complaints by local Construction Period disturbing the flora, fauna people or other including hunting of animals evidence of illegal and fishing in water bodies. hunting - Once HPPTCL, Contractor Proper awareness program through contract regarding conservation of provisions. flora, fauna including ground vegetation toall workers. D HumanEnvironment Construction schedules for Noise nuisance to Minimize construction Timing of construction Construction as per Construction Period HPPTCL, substation neighbouring activities undertaken during (noise emissions, Scheduled timings Contractor properties the night and local dBA) only through contract communities informedof provisions the construction schedule. Acquisition of cultivable Loss of agricultural Avoid faming/harvesting Land area of Loss of crops-work Throughout lands productivity season for field crops agriculture loss in post harvest Construction Period wherever possible for the period but before project activities. Usage of existing next crop – Once HPPTCL, utilities per site Contractor Ensure existing irrigation through contract facilities are maintained in Status of facilities provisions working condition (earthwork inm3) Protect /preserve topsoil and reinstate after Implementation of construction completed crop compensation

163 | P a g e

Potential Standards/ Parameters to be Institutional Implementation Project Activity Environmental Mitigation Action Measurement/ Monitored Responsibility Schedule Impact Frequency (amount paid, dates, Repair /reinstate damaged etc.) bunds etc. after constructioncompleted

Compensation for temporary loss in agriculturalproduction Temporary use of land Losses to Contract clauses specifying Contract clauses Incorporating good Construction Period neighboring land careful construction Design basis and construction uses/ values practices. layout. management, Reinstatement of land design engineering As much as possible status (area affected, practices - Once. existing access ways will be m2). Consultation with Contractor used. Implementation of affected parties through contract Tree/Crop immediately after provisions under Productive land will be compensation completion of supervision of reinstated following (amountpaid). construction and HPPTCL completion ofconstruction after thefirst harvest – Once. Compensation will be paid for loss of production, if any. Transportation and Nuisance to the Transport loading and Water and Air Quality CPCB Emission Throughout the storage ofmaterials generalpublic unloading of construction standards and constructionPeriod materials should no cause Water Quality nuisance to the people by standards -

way of noise, vibration and Quarterly Contractor dust through contract

provisions under Avoid storage of supervision of construction materials HPPTCL beside the road, around water bodies, residential or public sensitive locations

Construction materials

164 | P a g e

Potential Standards/ Parameters to be Institutional Implementation Project Activity Environmental Mitigation Action Measurement/ Monitored Responsibility Schedule Impact Frequency should be stored in covered areas to ensure protection from dust, emissions and such materials should be bundled in environment friendly and nuisance free manner Temporary outage of the Loss of power Advance notice to the Disruption of power Regular monitoring Throughout the electricity supply to the local public about the time and supply to houses and during the period of constructionperiod Contractor community when the duration of the utility commercial premises. construction - At through contract distribution lines disruption each public provisions under crossing the new complaint. supervision of transmission line Restore the utilities HPPTCL, are switchedoff immediately to overcome public inconvenience Health and safety Injury and sickness Contract provisions Contract clauses HPPTCL and ADB Construction Period of workers and specifying minimum (number of incidents Health and safety members of the requirements for and total lost-work standards - public constructioncamps days caused by Monthly injuries and sickness) Contractor to prepare and Contractor implement a health and through contract safety plan and provide provisions under workers with required PPE. supervision of

HPPTCL Contractor to arrange for health and safety awareness programmes including on AIDS and sexually transmitted diseases (STD). Capacity Building Improve standards Training of HPPTCL staff Training schedules Number of training Construction Period of implementation program - HPPTCL- ESC andmonitoring Yearly OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PHASE

A PhysicalResources Operation of Switchgear Leakage of SF6 gas Record of all substation Switchgear casings Ozone Depleting HPPTCL Throughout the

165 | P a g e

Potential Standards/ Parameters to be Institutional Implementation Project Activity Environmental Mitigation Action Measurement/ Monitored Responsibility Schedule Impact Frequency switchgear located within and substation substances – operation secure casings boundary Monthly Add SF6 training etc B EnvironmentalResources Soil Erosion at tower base Removal of top soil Planting of buffer zone Turbidity of water Visual inspection Throughout the of transmission line species suitable for hilly (Visual Inspection) (Turbidity and operation HPPTCL terrain sedimentation)- Quarterly Oil spillage Contamination of Substation transformers Substation bounding Hazardous Waste Throughout the land/nearby water located within secure and (“as-built” diagrams) (Management, operation bodies impervious bundled areas handling, Trans- with a storage capacity of at boundary HPPTCL least 100% of the capacity Movement) Rules of oil in transformers and 2009 -Monthly associated reserve tanks. C EcologicalRecourses Trimming/cutting of trees Fire hazards Trees allowed growing up Species-specific tree Presence of target operation Period within RoW to a height within the RoW retention as approved species in RoW by maintaining adequate by statutory following HPPTCL, with clearance between the top authorities (average vegetation forest department of tree and the conductoras and maximum tree clearance) - per the regulations. height at maturity,in Quarterly. Regular pruning is required. meters D HumanEnvironment Maintenance of Exposure to Transmission line design to Required ground Ground clearance, Operation Period Transmission line electromagnetic comply with the limits of clearance(meters). standards on EMF interference electromagnetic – Annual HPPTCL interference fromoverhead power lines Substation maintenance Exposure to Substation design to Required noise Technical Throughout the electromagnetic comply with the limits of vibrationslevels specifications – on operation interference electromagnetic public complaint HPPTCL interference within floor area Noise generation Nuisance to the Provision of noise barriers Noise level Noise level (dbA)- Throughout the communityaround near substation sites Once a year HPPTCL operation the site

166 | P a g e

Potential Standards/ Parameters to be Institutional Implementation Project Activity Environmental Mitigation Action Measurement/ Monitored Responsibility Schedule Impact Frequency Electric shock Death or injury to Security fences around Proper maintenance Periodic Throughout the the workers and substation of fences and sign maintenance operation public Establishment of warning boards signs Number of HPPTCL Usage of appropriate programmes and Careful design using technologies (lost percent of staff/ appropriate technologiesto work days dueto workerscovered minimise hazards illness and injuries) Training for Electric safety Raising awareness Training of HPPTCL Training schedules Number of training Operations for electrical safety personnel. program - HPPTCL-ESC measures Yearly

167 | P a g e

Appendix-X:- Environmental Monitoring Plan

Unt Environmental Parameters to be Project stage Location Frequency Standards Rate Implementation Supervision component monitored (Rs.)

1.Air Quality A. Pre- PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Inside and outside (0.5 One time Contractor by Contractor/ construction NOx, CO along with km) of the proposed National CPCB approved PMU stage (The Meteorological data- substation Ambient Air laboratory 7,214/- project once temperature Humidity, Quality assigned to wind speed, wind Standard, 2009 contractor) direction

B. Construction PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Inside and outside (0.5 Two times Contractor by Contractor/ Stage NOx, CO along with km) of the proposed /year National CPCB approved PMU Meteorological data- substation Ambient Air laboratory 7,214/- temperature Humidity, Quality wind speed, wind Standard, 2009 direction

C. Operation PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Inside and outside (0.5 One time Contractor by PMU Stage NOx, CO along with km) of the proposed National CPCB approved Meteorological data- substation Ambient Air laboratory 7,214/- temperature Humidity, Quality wind speed, wind Standard, 2009 direction

2.Water Quality A. Pre- EC, TSS, DO, BOD, PH Nearest downstream One time Contractor by Contractor/ construction Oil and grease, Pb, spring/handpump wells IS:10500 CPCB approved PMU stage (The (2 wells) around the DrinkingWater laboratory 15,000/- project once substation Quality assigned to Standar`d contractor) B. Construction EC, TSS, DO, BOD, ` Two times IS:10500 Contractor by Contractor/ Stage PH, Oil and grease, Pb /year PMU DrinkingWater 15,000/- CPCB approved Quality laboratory Standard C. Operation EC, TSS, DO, BOD, PH Nearest downstream Yearly IS:10500 Contractor by PMU Stage Oil and grease, Pb spring/handpump wells DrinkingWater 15,000/- CPCB approved (2 wells) around the Quality laboratory substation Standard

3.Noise/ A. Pre- Noise level in dB (A) Inside and outside (0.25 One time Contractor by Contractor/

Vibration construction km) of the proposed CPCB CPCB approved PMU

stage (The substation standards for laboratory 4,809/- project once Noise and assigned to vibrations contractor)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 168 | P a g e

Unt Environmental Parameters to be Project stage Location Frequency Standards Rate Implementation Supervision component monitored (Rs.)

B. Construction Noise level in dB (A) Inside and outside (0.25 2 times/ CPCB Contractor by Contractor/ Stage km) of the proposed year CPCB approved PMU standards for 4,809/- substation Noise and laboratory vibrations C. Operation Noise level in dB (A) Inside and outside (0.25 Yearly CPCB Contractor by PMU Stage km) of the proposed standards for 4,809/- CPCB approved substation Noise and laboratory vibrations

4. Soil A. Pre- PH, Sulfate (SO3), Inside and outside (just One time Contractor by Contractor/ construction Chloride, ORP, water close to the proposed CPCB approved PMU stage (The Soluble salts EC, site, 2 locations) of the Technical laboratory 12,500/- project after Organic Matter, proposed substation specifications assign to MoistureContent contractor) B. Construction PH, Sulfate (SO3), Inside and outside (just Two times Contractor by Contractor/ Stage Chloride, ORP, water close to the proposed /year CPCB approved PMU Technical Soluble salts EC, site, 2 locations) of the 12,500/- laboratory specifications Organic Matter, proposed substation MoistureContent C. Operation PH, Sulfate (SO3), Inside and outside (just A single Contractor by PMU Stage Chloride, ORP, water close to the proposed time CPCB approved Technical Soluble salts EC, site, 2 locations) of the 12,500/- laboratory specifications Organic Matter, proposed substation MoistureContent ESC –Environment & Social Cell of HPPTCL

Abbreviations: SO2- -Sulphur Dioxide; NO2- - Nitrogen Dioxide; CO- Carbon Monoxide; EC – Electric Conductivity; Pb – Lead; PM2.5 - Particulate Matter <2.5; PM10 - Particulate Matter <10 EC - Electrical Conductivity; DO - Dissolved Oxygen; TSS - Total Suspended Solids; BOD - Biological Oxygen Demand; NAAQS - National Ambient Air Quality Standards; NWQS - National water Quality Standards; HPPTCL – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited; ORP – Oxidation Reduction Potential.

Source for Rates: As per rates of latest work orders of HPPTCL for Air, Noise, Water & Soil Sampling & Testing. GST is not included in the cost.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 169 | P a g e